darlinghq/darling-gpatch
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/darlinghq/darling-gpatch.git synced 2024-11-23 03:59:40 +00:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

gpatch-3

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Apple 2016-02-27 21:02:18 +01:00 committed by Lubos Dolezel
commit f6bfe1451a
91 changed files with 30034 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

22
Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
##
# Makefile for Patch
##
# Project info
Project = patch
UserType = Developer
ToolType = Commands
Extra_CC_Flags = -mdynamic-no-pic
GnuAfterInstall = install-plist
# It's a GNU Source project
include $(MAKEFILEPATH)/CoreOS/ReleaseControl/GNUSource.make
OSV = $(DSTROOT)/usr/local/OpenSourceVersions
OSL = $(DSTROOT)/usr/local/OpenSourceLicenses
install-plist:
$(MKDIR) $(OSV)
$(INSTALL_FILE) $(SRCROOT)/patch_cmds.plist $(OSV)/gpatch.plist
$(MKDIR) $(OSL)
$(INSTALL_FILE) $(Sources)/COPYING $(OSL)/gpatch.txt

10
dpkg/control Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
Package: patch-cmds
Maintainer: Darwin Developers <darwin-development@public.lists.apple.com>
Vendor: GNU Project
Version: 2.5.4
URL: ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/patch/
Build-Depends: build-base, autoconf, gm4
Description: Patch file applicator
Patch takes a patch file patchfile containing a difference listing
produced by the diff program and applies those differences to one or
more original files, producing patched versions.

9
patch/AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
Larry Wall wrote the original version of `patch'.
Paul Eggert removed arbitrary limits; added support for binary
files, setting file times, and deleting files; and made it conform
better to POSIX.
Wayne Davison added unidiff support.
David MacKenzie added configuration and backup support.

340
patch/COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

2168
patch/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

228
patch/INSTALL Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Basic Installation
==================
These are generic installation instructions.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging `configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
cache files.)
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need
`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
a newer version of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
`configure' itself.
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package.
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting
them in the environment. You can do that on the command line like this:
./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
time in the source code directory. After you have installed the
package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
for another architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
option `--prefix=PATH'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--version'
`-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
disable caching.
`--config-cache'
`-C'
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
`-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
`--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.

200
patch/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
# Makefile for GNU patch.
# Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; see the file COPYING.
# If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
# 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#### Start of system configuration section. ####
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
@SET_MAKE@
CC = @CC@
ed_PROGRAM = @ed_PROGRAM@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
transform = @program_transform_name@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
DEFS = @DEFS@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
# Where to put the manual pages.
mandir = @mandir@
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
# Extension (including `.') for the manual page filenames.
man1ext = .1
# Hook for nonstandard builds.
CONFIG_STATUS = config.status
#### End of system configuration section. ####
SHELL = /bin/sh
LIBSRCS = malloc.c memchr.c mkdir.c \
realloc.c rename.c rmdir.c strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c
SRCS = $(LIBSRCS) \
addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c \
basename.c dirname.c \
error.c exitfail.c \
getopt.c getopt1.c inp.c \
maketime.c partime.c \
patch.c pch.c \
quote.c quotearg.c quotesys.c \
util.c version.c xmalloc.c
OBJS = $(LIBOBJS) \
addext.$(OBJEXT) argmatch.$(OBJEXT) backupfile.$(OBJEXT) \
basename.$(OBJEXT) dirname.$(OBJEXT) \
error.$(OBJEXT) exitfail.$(OBJEXT) \
getopt.$(OBJEXT) getopt1.$(OBJEXT) inp.$(OBJEXT) \
maketime.$(OBJEXT) partime.$(OBJEXT) \
patch.$(OBJEXT) pch.$(OBJEXT) \
quote.$(OBJEXT) quotearg.$(OBJEXT) quotesys.$(OBJEXT) \
util.$(OBJEXT) version.$(OBJEXT) xmalloc.$(OBJEXT)
HDRS = argmatch.h backupfile.h common.h dirname.h \
error.h exitfail.h getopt.h \
inp.h maketime.h partime.h patchlevel.h pch.h \
quote.h quotearg.h quotesys.h \
unlocked-io.h util.h version.h xalloc.h
MISC = AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL Makefile.in NEWS README \
aclocal.m4 \
config.hin configure configure.ac \
install-sh mkinstalldirs patch.man
DISTFILES = $(MISC) $(SRCS) $(HDRS)
DISTFILES_M4 = $(ACINCLUDE_INPUTS)
DISTFILES_PC = pc/chdirsaf.c
DISTFILES_PC_DJGPP = pc/djgpp/README pc/djgpp/config.sed \
pc/djgpp/configure.bat pc/djgpp/configure.sed
patch_name = `echo patch | sed '$(transform)'`
all:: patch$(EXEEXT)
info::
check::
installcheck::
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) -Ded_PROGRAM=\"$(ed_PROGRAM)\" \
-I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS)
.c.$(OBJEXT):
$(COMPILE) $<
patch$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS)
$(CC) -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
install:: all installdirs
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) patch$(EXEEXT) $(bindir)/$(patch_name)$(EXEEXT)
-$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/patch.man $(man1dir)/$(patch_name)$(man1ext)
installdirs::
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(man1dir)
install-strip::
$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
uninstall::
rm -f $(bindir)/$(patch_name)$(EXEEXT)
rm -f $(man1dir)/$(patch_name)$(man1ext)
Makefile: Makefile.in $(CONFIG_STATUS)
$(SHELL) $(CONFIG_STATUS)
config.status: configure
$(SHELL) $(CONFIG_STATUS) --recheck
configure: configure.ac $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4
config.hin: configure.ac $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4
M4DIR = $(srcdir)/m4
ACINCLUDE_INPUTS = $(M4DIR)/c-bs-a.m4 $(M4DIR)/d-ino.m4 $(M4DIR)/error.m4 \
$(M4DIR)/jm-glibc-io.m4 $(M4DIR)/malloc.m4 $(M4DIR)/mbstate_t.m4 \
$(M4DIR)/mkdir.m4 $(M4DIR)/mbrtowc.m4 \
$(M4DIR)/prereq.m4 $(M4DIR)/realloc.m4 \
$(M4DIR)/setmode.m4 $(M4DIR)/utimbuf.m4
$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(ACINCLUDE_INPUTS)
cat $(ACINCLUDE_INPUTS) >$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4
patchlevel.h: configure
echo '#define PATCH_VERSION "$(PACKAGE_VERSION)"' >patchlevel.h
TAGS: $(HDRS) patchlevel.h $(SRCS)
etags $(HDRS) patchlevel.h $(SRCS)
mostlyclean::
rm -f core* *core *.$(OBJEXT) *_.c
clean:: mostlyclean
rm -f patch$(EXEEXT)
distclean:: clean
rm -f Makefile config.cache config.log config.status config.h
maintainer-clean::
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "rebuilding the deleted files requires special tools."
$(MAKE) distclean
rm -f TAGS
PV = $(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
dist:: $(DISTFILES) $(DISTFILES_M4) $(DISTFILES_PC) $(DISTFILES_PC_DJGPP)
rm -rf $(PV)
mkdir $(PV) $(PV)/m4 $(PV)/pc $(PV)/pc/djgpp
cp -p $(DISTFILES) $(PV)
cp -p $(DISTFILES_M4) $(PV)/m4
cp -p $(DISTFILES_PC) $(PV)/pc
cp -p $(DISTFILES_PC_DJGPP) $(PV)/pc/djgpp
tar -chf - $(PV) | gzip -9 >$(PV).tar.gz
rm -rf $(PV)
$(OBJS): config.h
addext.$(OBJEXT): backupfile.h dirname.h
argmatch.$(OBJEXT): argmatch.h error.h quote.h quotearg.h unlocked-io.h
backupfile.$(OBJEXT): argmatch.h backupfile.h dirname.h
basename.$(OBJEXT): dirname.h
error.$(OBJEXT): error.h unlocked-io.h
getopt.$(OBJEXT) getopt1.$(OBJEXT): getopt.h
inp.$(OBJEXT): backupfile.h common.h inp.h pch.h quotearg.h util.h xalloc.h
maketime.$(OBJEXT): maketime.h partime.h
mkdir.$(OBJEXT): dirname.h xalloc.h
partime.$(OBJEXT): partime.h
patch.$(OBJEXT): argmatch.h backupfile.h common.h exitfail.h getopt.h inp.h \
pch.h quotearg.h util.h version.h xalloc.h
pch.$(OBJEXT): backupfile.h common.h dirname.h inp.h pch.h quotearg.h util.h
quotearg.$(OBJEXT): quotearg.h xalloc.h
quotesys.$(OBJEXT): quotesys.h
rename.$(OBJEXT): dirname.h xalloc.h
util.$(OBJEXT): backupfile.h common.h dirname.h maketime.h \
partime.h quotearg.h quotesys.h util.h version.h xalloc.h
version.$(OBJEXT): common.h patchlevel.h util.h version.h
xmalloc.$(OBJEXT): exitfail.h xalloc.h

237
patch/NEWS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
Changes in version 2.5.8: bug fixes only.
Changes in version 2.5.7:
* patch -D now outputs preprocessor lines without comments, as required
by POSIX 1003.1-2001.
Changes in version 2.5.6:
* File names in context patches may now contain spaces, so long
as the context patch headers use a tab to separate the file name
from the time stamp.
* Perforce is now supported.
* Patch lines beginning with "#" are comments and are ignored.
Changes in version 2.5.5:
* The bug reporting address is now <bug-patch@gnu.org>.
Changes in version 2.5.4:
* A security hole has been closed.
It involved race conditions with temporary files.
* The default quoting style is 'shell', which causes `patch' to quote
file names with funny characters like `$'. This prevents their
misinterpretation if you cut them from its output and paste them into
the shell.
* `patch' now works correctly with large files on Large File Summit
hosts like Solaris 2.6.
* `patch' now ignores trailing carriage returns in lines of context diffs
if the context diff headers end in carriage return.
* `patch' now ignores context diff header file names that have fewer slashes
than the count specified by the -p or --strip option.
* New options:
--posix
--quoting-style=WORD
* New environment variables:
QUOTING_STYLE
* `patch' now supports ClearCase version management.
Changes in version 2.5:
* Version control is now independent of whether backups are made.
The -V or --version-control option and the VERSION_CONTROL and
PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL environment variables no longer affect whether
backups are made; they affect only the names of the backup files.
* When asking the user whether to reverse a patch,
the default answer is now `no' instead of `yes'.
* `patch' can now recognize context diffs that have been encapsulated
by prepending "- " to lines beginning with "-" (as per Internet RFC 934).
* `patch' now reports an error if the input contains garbage and no patches.
Changes in version 2.4:
* New options:
-Z or --set-utc sets times of patched files, assuming diff uses UTC (GMT).
-T or --set-time is similar, assuming local time (not recommended).
--backup-if-mismatch makes a backup if the patch does not match exactly
--no-backup-if-mismatch makes a backup only if otherwise requested
* The default is now --backup-if-mismatch unless POSIXLY_CORRECT is set.
* The -B or --prefix, -Y or --basename-prefix, and -z or --suffix options
no longer affect whether backups are made (as they did in patch 2.2 and 2.3);
they now merely specify the file names used when simple backups are made.
* When patching a nonexistent file and making backups, an empty backup file
is now made (just as with traditional patch); but the backup file is
unreadable, as a way of indicating that it represents a nonexistent file.
* `patch' now matches against empty and nonexistent files more generously.
A patch against an empty file applies to a nonexistent file, and vice versa.
* -g or --get and PATCH_GET now have a numeric value that specifies
whether `patch' is getting files.
If the value is positive, working files are gotten from RCS or SCCS files;
if zero, `patch' ignores RCS and SCCS and working files are not gotten;
and if negative, `patch' asks the user whether to get each file.
The default is normally negative, but it is zero if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set.
* The -G or --no-get option introduced in GNU patch 2.3 has been removed;
use -g0 instead.
* The method used to intuit names of files to be patched is changed again:
`Index:' lines are normally ignored for context diffs,
and RCS and SCCS files are normally looked for when files do not exist.
The complete new method is described in the man page.
* By default, `patch' is now more verbose when patches do not match exactly.
* The manual page has a new COMPATIBILITY ISSUES section.
Changes in version 2.3:
* Unless the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set:
- `patch' now distinguishes more accurately between empty and
nonexistent files if the input is a context diff.
A file is assumed to not exist if its context diff header
suggests that it is empty, and if the header timestamp
looks like it might be equivalent to 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC.
- Files that ``become nonexistent'' after patching are now removed.
When a file is removed, any empty ancestor directories are also removed.
* Files are now automatically gotten from RCS and SCCS
if the -g or --get option is specified.
(The -G or --no-get option, also introduced in 2.3, was withdrawn in 2.4.)
* If the PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL environment variable is set,
it overrides the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable.
* The method used to intuit names of files to be patched is changed.
(It was further revised in 2.4; see above.)
* The new --binary option makes `patch' read and write files in binary mode.
This option has no effect on POSIX-compliant hosts;
it is useful only in on operating systems like DOS
that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
* The environment variables TMP and TEMP are consulted for the name of
the temporary directory if TMPDIR is not set.
* A port to MS-DOS and MS-Windows is available; see the `pc' directory.
* Backup file names are no longer ever computed by uppercasing characters,
since this isn't portable to systems with case-insensitive file names.
Changes in version 2.2:
* Arbitrary limits removed (e.g. line length, file name length).
* On POSIX.1-compliant hosts, you can now patch binary files using the output
of GNU `diff -a'.
* New options:
--dry-run
--help
--verbose
-i FILE or --input=FILE
-Y PREF or --basename-prefix=PREF
* patch is now quieter by default; use --verbose for the old chatty behavior.
* Patch now complies better with POSIX.2 if your host complies with POSIX.1.
Therefore:
- By default, no backups are made.
(But this was changed again in patch 2.4; see above.)
- The simple backup file name for F defaults to F.orig
regardless of whether the file system supports long file names,
and F~ is used only if F.orig is too long for that particular file.
- Similarly for the reject file names F.rej and F#.
Also:
- The pseudo-option `+' has been withdrawn.
- -b is equivalent to --version-control=simple;
`-z SUFF' has the meaning that `-b SUFF' used to.
- Names of files to be patched are taken first from *** line and then from
--- line of context diffs; then from Index: line; /dev/tty is
consulted if none of the above files exist. However, if the patch
appears to create a file, the file does not have to exist: instead,
the first name with the longest existing directory prefix is taken.
(These rules were changed again in patch 2.3 and 2.4; see above.)
- Exit status 0 means success, 1 means hunks were rejected, 2 means trouble.
- `-l' ignores changes only in spaces and tabs, not in other white space.
- If no `-p' option is given, `-pINFINITY' is assumed, instead of trying
to guess the proper value.
- `-p' now requires an operand; use `-p 0' to get the effect of the old plain
`-p' option.
- `-p' treats two or more adjacent slashes as if it were one slash.
- The TERM signal is caught.
- New option `-i F' reads patch from F instead of stdin.
* The `patch' options and build procedure conform to current GNU standards.
For example, the `--version' option now outputs copyright information.
* When the patch is creating a file, but a nonempty file of that name already
exists, `patch' now asks for confirmation before patching.
* RCS is used only if the version control method is `existing'
and there is already an RCS file. Similarly for SCCS.
(But this was changed again in patch 2.3 and 2.4; see above.)
* Copyright notices have been clarified. Every file in this version of `patch'
can be distributed under the GNU General Public License. See README for
details.
Changes in version 2.1:
* A few more portability bugs have been fixed. The version number has
been changed from 2.0.12g11 to 2.1, because the name
`patch-2.0.12g10' was too long for traditional Unix file systems.
Versions 2.0.12g9 through 2.0.12g11 fix various portability bugs.
Changes in version 2.0.12g8:
* Start of the 12g series, with a GNU-style configure script and
long-named options.
* Added the -t --batch option, similar to -f.
* Improved detection of files that are locked under RCS or SCCS.
* Reinstate the -E option to remove output files that are empty after
being patched.
* Print the system error message when system calls fail.
* Fixed various bugs and portability problems.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Patch.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that they will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

54
patch/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
This version of `patch' has many changes made by the Free Software Foundation.
They add support for:
* handling arbitrary binary data and large files
* the unified context diff format that GNU diff can produce
* making GNU Emacs-style backup files
* improved interaction with RCS and SCCS
* the GNU conventions for option parsing and configuring and compilation.
* better POSIX compliance
They also fix some bugs. See the NEWS and ChangeLog files for details.
Tutorial-style documentation for patch is included in the GNU
Diffutils package; get GNU Diffutils 2.8 or later for up-to-date
documentation for patch.
For GNU and Unix build and installation instructions, see the file INSTALL.
Use `configure --disable-largefile' to disable large file support;
this is reportedly necessary on Red Hat GNU/Linux 6.0 to avoid a C library bug.
For MS-DOS using DJGPP tools, see the file pc/djgpp/README.
For other systems, copy config.hin to config.h and change
#undef statements in it to #define as appropriate for your system,
and copy Makefile.in to Makefile and set the variables that are
enclosed in @ signs as appropriate for your system.
Please send bug reports for this version of patch to
<bug-patch@gnu.org>.
The Free Software Foundation is distributing this version of patch
independently because as of this writing, Larry Wall has not released a
new version of patch since mid-1988. We have heard that he has been
too busy working on other things, like Perl. He has graciously agreed
to let GNU `patch' be distributed under the terms of the GNU General
Public License.
------
Copyright (C) 1984, 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988 Larry Wall
Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997, 1999, 2002 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this file; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

495
patch/aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
# c-bs-a.m4 serial 4 (fileutils-4.1.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BACKSLASH_A],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether backslash-a works in strings], ac_cv_c_backslash_a,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
[
#if '\a' == 'a'
syntax error;
#endif
char buf['\a' == 'a' ? -1 : 1];
buf[0] = '\a';
return buf[0] != "\a"[0];
],
ac_cv_c_backslash_a=yes,
ac_cv_c_backslash_a=no)])
if test $ac_cv_c_backslash_a = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A, 1,
[Define if backslash-a works in C strings.])
fi
])
#serial 4
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl
dnl Check whether struct dirent has a member named d_ino.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_DIRENT])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for d_ino member in directory struct],
jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino,
[AC_TRY_LINK(dnl
[
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
# include <dirent.h>
#else /* not HAVE_DIRENT_H */
# define dirent direct
# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
# include <sys/ndir.h>
# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
# include <sys/dir.h>
# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
# include <ndir.h>
# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
],
[struct dirent dp; dp.d_ino = 0;],
jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino=yes,
jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino=no)
]
)
if test $jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(D_INO_IN_DIRENT, 1,
[Define if there is a member named d_ino in the struct describing
directory headers.])
fi
]
)
#serial 4
dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ERROR],
[
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror vprintf doprnt)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror])
AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
AC_HEADER_STDC
])
#serial 7 -*- autoconf -*-
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl
dnl See if the glibc *_unlocked I/O macros are available.
dnl Use only those *_unlocked macros that are declared.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO],
[AC_CHECK_DECLS(
[clearerr_unlocked, feof_unlocked, ferror_unlocked,
fflush_unlocked, fgets_unlocked, fputc_unlocked, fputs_unlocked,
fread_unlocked, fwrite_unlocked, getc_unlocked,
getchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked, putchar_unlocked])])
#serial 6
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MALLOC],
[
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the malloc check has been performed. ])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether malloc(0) returns a non-NULL pointer],
jm_cv_func_working_malloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
char *malloc ();
int
main ()
{
exit (malloc (0) ? 0 : 1);
}
],
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes,
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no,
dnl When crosscompiling, assume malloc(0) returns NULL.
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then
AC_LIBOBJ(malloc)
AC_DEFINE(malloc, rpl_malloc,
[Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.])
fi
])
# mbstate_t.m4 serial 9 (fileutils-4.1.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
# From Paul Eggert.
# BeOS 5 has <wchar.h> but does not define mbstate_t,
# so you can't declare an object of that type.
# Check for this incompatibility with Standard C.
# Include stdlib.h first, because otherwise this test would fail on Linux
# (at least glibc-2.1.3) because the "_XOPEN_SOURCE 500" definition elicits
# a syntax error in wchar.h due to the use of undefined __int32_t.
AC_DEFUN([AC_MBSTATE_T],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for mbstate_t], ac_cv_type_mbstate_t,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#include <wchar.h>],
[mbstate_t x; return sizeof x;],
ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=yes,
ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=no)])
if test $ac_cv_type_mbstate_t = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBSTATE_T, 1,ma
[Define to 1 if <wchar.h> declares mbstate_t.])
else
AC_DEFINE(mbstate_t, int,
[Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define.])
fi])
#serial 1
dnl From Mumit Khan and Paul Eggert
dnl Determine whether mkdir accepts only one argument instead of the usual two.
AC_DEFUN([PATCH_FUNC_MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG],
[AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkdir)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mkdir takes only one argument],
patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg,
[patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg=no
if test $ac_cv_func_mkdir = yes; then
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
],
[mkdir (".", 0);],
,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
],
[mkdir (".");],
patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg=yes
)]
)
fi
]
)
if test $patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG], 1,
[Define if mkdir takes only one argument.])
fi
]
)
# mbrtowc.m4 serial 4 (fileutils-4.1.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared],
jm_cv_func_mbrtowc,
[AC_TRY_LINK(
[#include <wchar.h>],
[mbstate_t state; return ! (sizeof state && mbrtowc);],
jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes,
jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=no)])
if test $jm_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBRTOWC, 1,
[Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared.])
fi
])
#serial 22
dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
dnl directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ],
[
jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST
jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
jm_PREREQ_ERROR
jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE
jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
jm_PREREQ_HARD_LOCALE
jm_PREREQ_HASH
jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
jm_PREREQ_PHYSMEM
jm_PREREQ_POSIXVER
jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
jm_PREREQ_READUTMP
jm_PREREQ_REGEX
jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME # called by mkstemp
jm_PREREQ_XGETCWD
jm_PREREQ_XREADLINK
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT],
[
dnl For addext.c.
AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pathconf)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h string.h unistd.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST],
[
dnl Add any libraries as early as possible.
dnl In particular, inet_ntoa needs -lnsl at least on Solaris5.5.1,
dnl so we have to add -lnsl to LIBS before checking for that function.
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(gethostbyname, [inet nsl])
dnl These come from -lnsl on Solaris5.5.1.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h string.h netdb.h sys/socket.h \
netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME],
[
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE],
[
AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU([lib])
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE],
[
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HARD_LOCALE],
[
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(locale.h stdlib.h string.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HASH],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
])
# If you use human.c, you need the following files:
# inttypes.m4 ulonglong.m4
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HUMAN],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h string.h)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h bp-sym.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_PHYSMEM],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/pstat.h unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getstatic pstat_getdynamic)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_POSIXVER],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG],
[
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint)
jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stddef.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
AC_MBSTATE_T
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_REGEX],
[
dnl FIXME: Maybe provide a btowc replacement someday: solaris-2.5.1 lacks it.
dnl FIXME: Check for wctype and iswctype, and and add -lw if necessary
dnl to get them.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bzero bcopy isascii btowc)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(alloca.h libintl.h wctype.h wchar.h)
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME],
[
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_HEADER_STAT
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/time.h stdint.h unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(__secure_getenv gettimeofday)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_XGETCWD],
[
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h sys/param.h unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getcwd)
AC_FUNC_GETCWD_NULL
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_XREADLINK],
[
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h sys/types.h unistd.h)
])
#serial 6
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_REALLOC],
[
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the realloc check has been performed. ])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether realloc(0,0) returns a non-NULL pointer],
jm_cv_func_working_realloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
char *realloc ();
int
main ()
{
exit (realloc (0, 0) ? 0 : 1);
}
],
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes,
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no,
dnl When crosscompiling, assume realloc(0,0) returns NULL.
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then
AC_LIBOBJ(realloc)
AC_DEFINE(realloc, rpl_realloc,
[Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.])
fi
])
# Check for setmode, DOS style.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_SETMODE_DOS],
[AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h unistd.h)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for DOS-style setmode],
[ac_cv_func_setmode_dos],
[AC_TRY_LINK(
[#include <io.h>
#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
# include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif],
[int ret = setmode && setmode (1, O_BINARY);],
[ac_cv_func_setmode_dos=yes],
[ac_cv_func_setmode_dos=no])])
if test $ac_cv_func_setmode_dos = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SETMODE_DOS, 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the DOS-style `setmode' function.])
fi])
#serial 4
dnl From Jim Meyering
dnl Define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF if `struct utimbuf' is declared --
dnl usually in <utime.h>.
dnl Some systems have utime.h but don't declare the struct anywhere.
AC_DEFUN([jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(utime.h)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_TIME])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct utimbuf], fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[
#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <time.h>
#else
# ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
# include <sys/time.h>
# else
# include <time.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
# include <utime.h>
#endif
],
[static struct utimbuf x; x.actime = x.modtime;],
fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf=yes,
fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf=no)
])
if test $fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF, 1,
[Define if struct utimbuf is declared -- usually in <utime.h>.
Some systems have utime.h but don't declare the struct anywhere. ])
fi
])

114
patch/addext.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
/* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
Copyright 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and Paul Eggert */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
#endif
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#include "backupfile.h"
#include "dirname.h"
/* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
in which case just append the character E. */
void
addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
{
char *s = base_name (filename);
size_t slen = base_len (s);
size_t extlen = strlen (ext);
size_t slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : _POSIX_NAME_MAX;
#if HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX
if (_POSIX_NAME_MAX < slen + extlen || HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES)
{
/* The new base name is long enough to require a pathconf check. */
long name_max;
errno = 0;
if (s == filename)
name_max = pathconf (".", _PC_NAME_MAX);
else
{
char c = *s;
if (! ISSLASH (c))
*s = 0;
name_max = pathconf (filename, _PC_NAME_MAX);
*s = c;
}
if (0 <= name_max || errno == 0)
slen_max = name_max == (size_t) name_max ? name_max : -1;
}
#endif
if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && slen_max <= 12)
{
/* Live within DOS's 8.3 limit. */
char *dot = strchr (s, '.');
if (dot)
{
slen -= dot + 1 - s;
s = dot + 1;
slen_max = 3;
}
else
slen_max = 8;
extlen = 9; /* Don't use EXT. */
}
if (slen + extlen <= slen_max)
strcpy (s + slen, ext);
else
{
if (slen_max <= slen)
slen = slen_max - 1;
s[slen] = e;
s[slen + 1] = 0;
}
}

36
patch/ansi2knr.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
.TH ANSI2KNR 1 "19 Jan 1996"
.SH NAME
ansi2knr \- convert ANSI C to Kernighan & Ritchie C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.I ansi2knr
[--varargs] input_file [output_file]
.SH DESCRIPTION
If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
.br
There are no error messages.
.sp
.I ansi2knr
recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword identifier at the left
margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a right parenthesis as the last
character on the line, and with a left brace as the first token on the
following line (ignoring possible intervening comments). It will recognize a
multi-line header provided that no intervening line ends with a left or right
brace or a semicolon. These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except
that the function name must be the first thing on the line.
.sp
The following constructs will confuse it:
.br
- Any other construct that starts at the left margin and follows the
above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
.br
- Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
.sp
The --varargs switch is obsolete, and is recognized only for
backwards compatibility. The present version of
.I ansi2knr
will always attempt to convert a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl.
.SH AUTHOR
L. Peter Deutsch <ghost@aladdin.com> wrote the original ansi2knr and
continues to maintain the current version; most of the code in the current
version is his work. ansi2knr also includes contributions by Francois
Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca> and Jim Avera <jima@netcom.com>.

678
patch/ansi2knr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,678 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1997, 1998, 1999 Aladdin Enterprises. All rights reserved. */
/*$Id: ansi2knr.c,v 1.1 2000/05/06 22:44:51 wsanchez Exp $*/
/* Convert ANSI C function definitions to K&R ("traditional C") syntax */
/*
ansi2knr is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts responsibility to anyone for the
consequences of using it or for whether it serves any particular purpose or
works at all, unless he says so in writing. Refer to the GNU General Public
License (the "GPL") for full details.
Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute ansi2knr,
but only under the conditions described in the GPL. A copy of this license
is supposed to have been given to you along with ansi2knr so you can know
your rights and responsibilities. It should be in a file named COPYLEFT,
or, if there is no file named COPYLEFT, a file named COPYING. Among other
things, the copyright notice and this notice must be preserved on all
copies.
We explicitly state here what we believe is already implied by the GPL: if
the ansi2knr program is distributed as a separate set of sources and a
separate executable file which are aggregated on a storage medium together
with another program, this in itself does not bring the other program under
the GPL, nor does the mere fact that such a program or the procedures for
constructing it invoke the ansi2knr executable bring any other part of the
program under the GPL.
*/
/*
* Usage:
ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]
* --filename provides the file name for the #line directive in the output,
* overriding input_file (if present).
* If no input_file is supplied, input is read from stdin.
* If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
* There are no error messages.
*
* ansi2knr recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword
* identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis,
* with a right parenthesis as the last character on the line,
* and with a left brace as the first token on the following line
* (ignoring possible intervening comments), except that a line
* consisting of only
* identifier1(identifier2)
* will not be considered a function definition unless identifier2 is
* the word "void", and a line consisting of
* identifier1(identifier2, <<arbitrary>>)
* will not be considered a function definition.
* ansi2knr will recognize a multi-line header provided
* that no intervening line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon.
* These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except that
* the function name must be the first thing on the line.
* The following constructs will confuse it:
* - Any other construct that starts at the left margin and
* follows the above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
* - Some macros that tinker with the syntax of function headers.
*/
/*
* The original and principal author of ansi2knr is L. Peter Deutsch
* <ghost@aladdin.com>. Other authors are noted in the change history
* that follows (in reverse chronological order):
lpd 1999-04-12 added minor fixes from Pavel Roskin
<pavel_roskin@geocities.com> for clean compilation with
gcc -W -Wall
lpd 1999-03-22 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
identifier1(identifier2, xxx) as *not* being procedures
lpd 1999-02-03 made indentation of preprocessor commands consistent
lpd 1999-01-28 fixed two bugs: a '/' in an argument list caused an
endless loop; quoted strings within an argument list
confused the parser
lpd 1999-01-24 added a check for write errors on the output,
suggested by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>
lpd 1998-11-09 added further hack to recognize identifier(void)
as being a procedure
lpd 1998-10-23 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
identifier1(identifier2) as *not* being procedures
lpd 1997-12-08 made input_file optional; only closes input and/or
output file if not stdin or stdout respectively; prints
usage message on stderr rather than stdout; adds
--filename switch (changes suggested by
<ceder@lysator.liu.se>)
lpd 1996-01-21 added code to cope with not HAVE_CONFIG_H and with
compilers that don't understand void, as suggested by
Tom Lane
lpd 1996-01-15 changed to require that the first non-comment token
on the line following a function header be a left brace,
to reduce sensitivity to macros, as suggested by Tom Lane
<tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
lpd 1995-06-22 removed #ifndefs whose sole purpose was to define
undefined preprocessor symbols as 0; changed all #ifdefs
for configuration symbols to #ifs
lpd 1995-04-05 changed copyright notice to make it clear that
including ansi2knr in a program does not bring the entire
program under the GPL
lpd 1994-12-18 added conditionals for systems where ctype macros
don't handle 8-bit characters properly, suggested by
Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>;
removed --varargs switch (this is now the default)
lpd 1994-10-10 removed CONFIG_BROKETS conditional
lpd 1994-07-16 added some conditionals to help GNU `configure',
suggested by Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>;
properly erase prototype args in function parameters,
contributed by Jim Avera <jima@netcom.com>;
correct error in writeblanks (it shouldn't erase EOLs)
lpd 1989-xx-xx original version
*/
/* Most of the conditionals here are to make ansi2knr work with */
/* or without the GNU configure machinery. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
/*
For properly autoconfiguring ansi2knr, use AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h).
This will define HAVE_CONFIG_H and so, activate the following lines.
*/
# if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
# else
# include <strings.h>
# endif
#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
/* Otherwise do it the hard way */
# ifdef BSD
# include <strings.h>
# else
# ifdef VMS
extern int strlen(), strncmp();
# else
# include <string.h>
# endif
# endif
#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
/*
malloc and free should be declared in stdlib.h,
but if you've got a K&R compiler, they probably aren't.
*/
# ifdef MSDOS
# include <malloc.h>
# else
# ifdef VMS
extern char *malloc();
extern void free();
# else
extern char *malloc();
extern int free();
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Define NULL (for *very* old compilers). */
#ifndef NULL
# define NULL (0)
#endif
/*
* The ctype macros don't always handle 8-bit characters correctly.
* Compensate for this here.
*/
#ifdef isascii
# undef HAVE_ISASCII /* just in case */
# define HAVE_ISASCII 1
#else
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || !HAVE_ISASCII
# define is_ascii(c) 1
#else
# define is_ascii(c) isascii(c)
#endif
#define is_space(c) (is_ascii(c) && isspace(c))
#define is_alpha(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalpha(c))
#define is_alnum(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalnum(c))
/* Scanning macros */
#define isidchar(ch) (is_alnum(ch) || (ch) == '_')
#define isidfirstchar(ch) (is_alpha(ch) || (ch) == '_')
/* Forward references */
char *skipspace();
char *scanstring();
int writeblanks();
int test1();
int convert1();
/* The main program */
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{ FILE *in = stdin;
FILE *out = stdout;
char *filename = 0;
char *program_name = argv[0];
char *output_name = 0;
#define bufsize 5000 /* arbitrary size */
char *buf;
char *line;
char *more;
char *usage =
"Usage: ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]\n";
/*
* In previous versions, ansi2knr recognized a --varargs switch.
* If this switch was supplied, ansi2knr would attempt to convert
* a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl; if this switch was not
* supplied, ansi2knr would simply drop any such arguments.
* Now, ansi2knr always does this conversion, and we only
* check for this switch for backward compatibility.
*/
int convert_varargs = 1;
int output_error;
while ( argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' ) {
if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--varargs") ) {
convert_varargs = 1;
argc--;
argv++;
continue;
}
if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--filename") && argc > 2 ) {
filename = argv[2];
argc -= 2;
argv += 2;
continue;
}
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unrecognized switch: %s\n", program_name,
argv[1]);
fprintf(stderr, usage);
exit(1);
}
switch ( argc )
{
default:
fprintf(stderr, usage);
exit(0);
case 3:
output_name = argv[2];
out = fopen(output_name, "w");
if ( out == NULL ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open output file %s\n",
program_name, output_name);
exit(1);
}
/* falls through */
case 2:
in = fopen(argv[1], "r");
if ( in == NULL ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open input file %s\n",
program_name, argv[1]);
exit(1);
}
if ( filename == 0 )
filename = argv[1];
/* falls through */
case 1:
break;
}
if ( filename )
fprintf(out, "#line 1 \"%s\"\n", filename);
buf = malloc(bufsize);
if ( buf == NULL )
{
fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate read buffer!\n");
exit(1);
}
line = buf;
while ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) != NULL )
{
test: line += strlen(line);
switch ( test1(buf) )
{
case 2: /* a function header */
convert1(buf, out, 1, convert_varargs);
break;
case 1: /* a function */
/* Check for a { at the start of the next line. */
more = ++line;
f: if ( line >= buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
goto wl;
if ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) == NULL )
goto wl;
switch ( *skipspace(more, 1) )
{
case '{':
/* Definitely a function header. */
convert1(buf, out, 0, convert_varargs);
fputs(more, out);
break;
case 0:
/* The next line was blank or a comment: */
/* keep scanning for a non-comment. */
line += strlen(line);
goto f;
default:
/* buf isn't a function header, but */
/* more might be. */
fputs(buf, out);
strcpy(buf, more);
line = buf;
goto test;
}
break;
case -1: /* maybe the start of a function */
if ( line != buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
continue;
/* falls through */
default: /* not a function */
wl: fputs(buf, out);
break;
}
line = buf;
}
if ( line != buf )
fputs(buf, out);
free(buf);
if ( output_name ) {
output_error = ferror(out);
output_error |= fclose(out);
} else { /* out == stdout */
fflush(out);
output_error = ferror(out);
}
if ( output_error ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: error writing to %s\n", program_name,
(output_name ? output_name : "stdout"));
exit(1);
}
if ( in != stdin )
fclose(in);
return 0;
}
/* Skip over whitespace and comments, in either direction. */
char *
skipspace(p, dir)
register char *p;
register int dir; /* 1 for forward, -1 for backward */
{ for ( ; ; )
{ while ( is_space(*p) )
p += dir;
if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') )
break;
p += dir; p += dir;
while ( !(*p == '*' && p[dir] == '/') )
{ if ( *p == 0 )
return p; /* multi-line comment?? */
p += dir;
}
p += dir; p += dir;
}
return p;
}
/* Scan over a quoted string, in either direction. */
char *
scanstring(p, dir)
register char *p;
register int dir;
{
for (p += dir; ; p += dir)
if (*p == '"' && p[-dir] != '\\')
return p + dir;
}
/*
* Write blanks over part of a string.
* Don't overwrite end-of-line characters.
*/
int
writeblanks(start, end)
char *start;
char *end;
{ char *p;
for ( p = start; p < end; p++ )
if ( *p != '\r' && *p != '\n' )
*p = ' ';
return 0;
}
/*
* Test whether the string in buf is a function definition.
* The string may contain and/or end with a newline.
* Return as follows:
* 0 - definitely not a function definition;
* 1 - definitely a function definition;
* 2 - definitely a function prototype (NOT USED);
* -1 - may be the beginning of a function definition,
* append another line and look again.
* The reason we don't attempt to convert function prototypes is that
* Ghostscript's declaration-generating macros look too much like
* prototypes, and confuse the algorithms.
*/
int
test1(buf)
char *buf;
{ register char *p = buf;
char *bend;
char *endfn;
int contin;
if ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
return 0; /* no name at left margin */
bend = skipspace(buf + strlen(buf) - 1, -1);
switch ( *bend )
{
case ';': contin = 0 /*2*/; break;
case ')': contin = 1; break;
case '{': return 0; /* not a function */
case '}': return 0; /* not a function */
default: contin = -1;
}
while ( isidchar(*p) )
p++;
endfn = p;
p = skipspace(p, 1);
if ( *p++ != '(' )
return 0; /* not a function */
p = skipspace(p, 1);
if ( *p == ')' )
return 0; /* no parameters */
/* Check that the apparent function name isn't a keyword. */
/* We only need to check for keywords that could be followed */
/* by a left parenthesis (which, unfortunately, is most of them). */
{ static char *words[] =
{ "asm", "auto", "case", "char", "const", "double",
"extern", "float", "for", "if", "int", "long",
"register", "return", "short", "signed", "sizeof",
"static", "switch", "typedef", "unsigned",
"void", "volatile", "while", 0
};
char **key = words;
char *kp;
unsigned len = endfn - buf;
while ( (kp = *key) != 0 )
{ if ( strlen(kp) == len && !strncmp(kp, buf, len) )
return 0; /* name is a keyword */
key++;
}
}
{
char *id = p;
int len;
/*
* Check for identifier1(identifier2) and not
* identifier1(void), or identifier1(identifier2, xxxx).
*/
while ( isidchar(*p) )
p++;
len = p - id;
p = skipspace(p, 1);
if (*p == ',' ||
(*p == ')' && (len != 4 || strncmp(id, "void", 4)))
)
return 0; /* not a function */
}
/*
* If the last significant character was a ), we need to count
* parentheses, because it might be part of a formal parameter
* that is a procedure.
*/
if (contin > 0) {
int level = 0;
for (p = skipspace(buf, 1); *p; p = skipspace(p + 1, 1))
level += (*p == '(' ? 1 : *p == ')' ? -1 : 0);
if (level > 0)
contin = -1;
}
return contin;
}
/* Convert a recognized function definition or header to K&R syntax. */
int
convert1(buf, out, header, convert_varargs)
char *buf;
FILE *out;
int header; /* Boolean */
int convert_varargs; /* Boolean */
{ char *endfn;
register char *p;
/*
* The breaks table contains pointers to the beginning and end
* of each argument.
*/
char **breaks;
unsigned num_breaks = 2; /* for testing */
char **btop;
char **bp;
char **ap;
char *vararg = 0;
/* Pre-ANSI implementations don't agree on whether strchr */
/* is called strchr or index, so we open-code it here. */
for ( endfn = buf; *(endfn++) != '('; )
;
top: p = endfn;
breaks = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * num_breaks * 2);
if ( breaks == NULL )
{ /* Couldn't allocate break table, give up */
fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate break table!\n");
fputs(buf, out);
return -1;
}
btop = breaks + num_breaks * 2 - 2;
bp = breaks;
/* Parse the argument list */
do
{ int level = 0;
char *lp = NULL;
char *rp = NULL;
char *end = NULL;
if ( bp >= btop )
{ /* Filled up break table. */
/* Allocate a bigger one and start over. */
free((char *)breaks);
num_breaks <<= 1;
goto top;
}
*bp++ = p;
/* Find the end of the argument */
for ( ; end == NULL; p++ )
{ switch(*p)
{
case ',':
if ( !level ) end = p;
break;
case '(':
if ( !level ) lp = p;
level++;
break;
case ')':
if ( --level < 0 ) end = p;
else rp = p;
break;
case '/':
if (p[1] == '*')
p = skipspace(p, 1) - 1;
break;
case '"':
p = scanstring(p, 1) - 1;
break;
default:
;
}
}
/* Erase any embedded prototype parameters. */
if ( lp && rp )
writeblanks(lp + 1, rp);
p--; /* back up over terminator */
/* Find the name being declared. */
/* This is complicated because of procedure and */
/* array modifiers. */
for ( ; ; )
{ p = skipspace(p - 1, -1);
switch ( *p )
{
case ']': /* skip array dimension(s) */
case ')': /* skip procedure args OR name */
{ int level = 1;
while ( level )
switch ( *--p )
{
case ']': case ')':
level++;
break;
case '[': case '(':
level--;
break;
case '/':
if (p > buf && p[-1] == '*')
p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1;
break;
case '"':
p = scanstring(p, -1) + 1;
break;
default: ;
}
}
if ( *p == '(' && *skipspace(p + 1, 1) == '*' )
{ /* We found the name being declared */
while ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
p = skipspace(p, 1) + 1;
goto found;
}
break;
default:
goto found;
}
}
found: if ( *p == '.' && p[-1] == '.' && p[-2] == '.' )
{ if ( convert_varargs )
{ *bp++ = "va_alist";
vararg = p-2;
}
else
{ p++;
if ( bp == breaks + 1 ) /* sole argument */
writeblanks(breaks[0], p);
else
writeblanks(bp[-1] - 1, p);
bp--;
}
}
else
{ while ( isidchar(*p) ) p--;
*bp++ = p+1;
}
p = end;
}
while ( *p++ == ',' );
*bp = p;
/* Make a special check for 'void' arglist */
if ( bp == breaks+2 )
{ p = skipspace(breaks[0], 1);
if ( !strncmp(p, "void", 4) )
{ p = skipspace(p+4, 1);
if ( p == breaks[2] - 1 )
{ bp = breaks; /* yup, pretend arglist is empty */
writeblanks(breaks[0], p + 1);
}
}
}
/* Put out the function name and left parenthesis. */
p = buf;
while ( p != endfn ) putc(*p, out), p++;
/* Put out the declaration. */
if ( header )
{ fputs(");", out);
for ( p = breaks[0]; *p; p++ )
if ( *p == '\r' || *p == '\n' )
putc(*p, out);
}
else
{ for ( ap = breaks+1; ap < bp; ap += 2 )
{ p = *ap;
while ( isidchar(*p) )
putc(*p, out), p++;
if ( ap < bp - 1 )
fputs(", ", out);
}
fputs(") ", out);
/* Put out the argument declarations */
for ( ap = breaks+2; ap <= bp; ap += 2 )
(*ap)[-1] = ';';
if ( vararg != 0 )
{ *vararg = 0;
fputs(breaks[0], out); /* any prior args */
fputs("va_dcl", out); /* the final arg */
fputs(bp[0], out);
}
else
fputs(breaks[0], out);
}
free((char *)breaks);
return 0;
}

310
patch/argmatch.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#include "argmatch.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#if ENABLE_NLS
# include <libintl.h>
# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
#else
# define _(Text) Text
#endif
#include "error.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "quote.h"
#include "unlocked-io.h"
/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE. Do not use
literal_quoting_style. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
#endif
/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
is defined to 0, not 1. */
#if !EXIT_FAILURE
# undef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
#endif
#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
#endif
static void
__argmatch_die (void)
{
ARGMATCH_DIE;
}
/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH. See description in argmatch.h.
Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
synonyms, i.e., for
"yes", "yop" -> 0
"no", "nope" -> 1
"y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'. */
static int
__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
int case_sensitive)
{
int i; /* Temporary index in ARGLIST. */
size_t arglen; /* Length of ARG. */
int matchind = -1; /* Index of first nonexact match. */
int ambiguous = 0; /* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es). */
arglen = strlen (arg);
/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
{
if (case_sensitive
? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
: !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
{
if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
/* Exact match found. */
return i;
else if (matchind == -1)
/* First nonexact match found. */
matchind = i;
else
{
/* Second nonexact match found. */
if (vallist == NULL
|| memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
/* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
disambiguate. */
ambiguous = 1;
}
}
}
}
if (ambiguous)
return -2;
else
return matchind;
}
/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
int
argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
}
/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
int
argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
}
/* Error reporting for argmatch.
CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch. */
void
argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
{
char const *format = (problem == -1
? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
quote_n (1, context));
}
/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
void
argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
int i;
const char *last_val = NULL;
/* We try to put synonyms on the same line. The assumption is that
synonyms follow each other */
fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if ((i == 0)
|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
fprintf (stderr, "\n - `%s'", arglist[i]);
last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
}
else
{
fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
}
putc ('\n', stderr);
}
/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
"--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.). Upon failure,
calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
int
__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
int case_sensitive,
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
{
int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
vallist, valsize,
case_sensitive);
if (res >= 0)
/* Success. */
return res;
/* We failed. Explain why. */
argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
(*exit_fn) ();
return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
}
/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
const char *
argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
return arglist[i];
return NULL;
}
#ifdef TEST
/*
* Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
*/
char *program_name;
extern const char *getenv ();
/* When to make backup files. */
enum backup_type
{
/* Never make backups. */
none,
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
simple,
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
and simple backups of the others. */
numbered_existing,
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
numbered
};
/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
values */
static const char *const backup_args[] =
{
"no", "none", "off",
"simple", "never",
"existing", "nil",
"numbered", "t",
0
};
static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
{
none, none, none,
simple, simple,
numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
numbered, numbered
};
int
main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
{
const char *cp;
enum backup_type backup_type = none;
program_name = (char *) argv[0];
if (argc > 2)
{
fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
exit (1);
}
if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
backup_args, backup_vals);
if (argc == 2)
backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
backup_args, backup_vals);
printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
return 0;
}
#endif

129
patch/argmatch.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
# endif
# include <sys/types.h>
# ifndef PARAMS
# if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif /* GCC. */
# endif /* Not PARAMS. */
/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
(argument list ends with a NULL guard). There is no execution
cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
`assert (1)'. Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist) \
assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
matches with ARG. If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
to the same values in VALLIST). */
int argmatch
PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
int argcasematch
PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails. This function should not
return. By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'. */
typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed. Report correct values. */
void argmatch_invalid
PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments. */
void argmatch_valid
PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
int __xargmatch_internal
PARAMS ((const char *context,
const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
(Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist), \
(const char *) (Vallist), \
sizeof (*(Vallist)), \
1, argmatch_die)])
# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
(Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist), \
(const char *) (Vallist), \
sizeof (*(Vallist)), \
0, argmatch_die)])
/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
const char *argmatch_to_argument
PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_to_argument ((Value), (Arglist), \
(const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

277
patch/backupfile.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
/* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
# include <dirent.h>
# define NLENGTH(direct) strlen ((direct)->d_name)
#else
# define dirent direct
# define NLENGTH(direct) ((size_t) (direct)->d_namlen)
# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
# include <sys/ndir.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
# include <sys/dir.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_NDIR_H
# include <ndir.h>
# endif
#endif
#if CLOSEDIR_VOID
/* Fake a return value. */
# define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
#else
# define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
char *getenv ();
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
char *malloc ();
#endif
#if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
# define HAVE_DIR 1
#else
# define HAVE_DIR 0
#endif
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
# define CHAR_BIT 8
#endif
/* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)). Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign. */
#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) * 302 / 1000 + 2)
/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
- Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
- It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
- It's typically faster.
POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits. Prefer ISDIGIT to
ISDIGIT_LOCALE unless it's important to use the locale's definition
of `digit' even when the host does not conform to POSIX. */
#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) ((dp)->d_ino != 0)
#else
# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
#endif
#include "argmatch.h"
#include "backupfile.h"
#include "dirname.h"
/* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
to numbered) backup file name. */
const char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
static int max_backup_version PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
static int version_number PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
/* Return the name of the new backup file for file FILE,
allocated with malloc. Return 0 if out of memory.
FILE must not end with a '/' unless it is the root directory.
Do not call this function if backup_type == none. */
char *
find_backup_file_name (const char *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
{
size_t backup_suffix_size_max;
size_t file_len = strlen (file);
size_t numbered_suffix_size_max = INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 4;
char *s;
const char *suffix = simple_backup_suffix;
/* Allow room for simple or `.~N~' backups. */
backup_suffix_size_max = strlen (simple_backup_suffix) + 1;
if (HAVE_DIR && backup_suffix_size_max < numbered_suffix_size_max)
backup_suffix_size_max = numbered_suffix_size_max;
s = malloc (file_len + 1
+ backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
if (s)
{
#if HAVE_DIR
if (backup_type != simple)
{
int highest_backup;
size_t dirlen = dir_len (file);
memcpy (s, file, dirlen);
if (dirlen == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file))
s[dirlen++] = '.';
s[dirlen] = '\0';
highest_backup = max_backup_version (base_name (file), s);
if (! (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0))
{
char *numbered_suffix = s + (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max);
sprintf (numbered_suffix, ".~%d~", highest_backup + 1);
suffix = numbered_suffix;
}
}
#endif /* HAVE_DIR */
strcpy (s, file);
addext (s, suffix, '~');
}
return s;
}
#if HAVE_DIR
/* Return the number of the highest-numbered backup file for file
FILE in directory DIR. If there are no numbered backups
of FILE in DIR, or an error occurs reading DIR, return 0.
*/
static int
max_backup_version (const char *file, const char *dir)
{
DIR *dirp;
struct dirent *dp;
int highest_version;
int this_version;
size_t file_name_length;
dirp = opendir (dir);
if (!dirp)
return 0;
highest_version = 0;
file_name_length = base_len (file);
while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != 0)
{
if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || NLENGTH (dp) < file_name_length + 4)
continue;
this_version = version_number (file, dp->d_name, file_name_length);
if (this_version > highest_version)
highest_version = this_version;
}
if (CLOSEDIR (dirp))
return 0;
return highest_version;
}
/* If BACKUP is a numbered backup of BASE, return its version number;
otherwise return 0. BASE_LENGTH is the length of BASE.
*/
static int
version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)
{
int version;
const char *p;
version = 0;
if (strncmp (base, backup, base_length) == 0
&& backup[base_length] == '.'
&& backup[base_length + 1] == '~')
{
for (p = &backup[base_length + 2]; ISDIGIT (*p); ++p)
version = version * 10 + *p - '0';
if (p[0] != '~' || p[1])
version = 0;
}
return version;
}
#endif /* HAVE_DIR */
static const char * const backup_args[] =
{
/* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaning full first, so
that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
"none", "off",
"simple", "never",
"existing", "nil",
"numbered", "t",
0
};
static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
{
none, none,
simple, simple,
numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
numbered, numbered
};
/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing.
If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
for the specified CONTEXT. Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted. */
enum backup_type
get_version (const char *context, const char *version)
{
if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
return numbered_existing;
else
return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
}
/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted. */
enum backup_type
xget_version (const char *context, const char *version)
{
if (version && *version)
return get_version (context, version);
else
return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
}

60
patch/backupfile.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
# define BACKUPFILE_H_
/* When to make backup files. */
enum backup_type
{
/* Never make backups. */
none,
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
simple,
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
and simple backups of the others. */
numbered_existing,
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
numbered
};
# define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type) \
((Type) == none \
|| (Type) == simple \
|| (Type) == numbered_existing \
|| (Type) == numbered)
extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
enum backup_type xget_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));
#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */

79
patch/basename.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#endif
#include "dirname.h"
/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise. */
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
{
/* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash. */
do p++;
while (ISSLASH (*p));
/* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
the basename if no non-slashes have been found. */
if (! *p)
{
if (ISSLASH (*base))
base = p - 1;
break;
}
/* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash. */
base = p;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* Return the length of of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name. Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
redundant trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
return len;
}

9
patch/basename.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));

321
patch/common.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
/* common definitions for `patch' */
/* $Id: common.h,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:01 rbraun Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1986, 1988 Larry Wall
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef DEBUGGING
#define DEBUGGING 1
#endif
#include <config.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#if ! defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif
#if ! defined S_ISREG && defined S_IFREG
# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#endif
#ifndef S_IXOTH
#define S_IXOTH 1
#endif
#ifndef S_IWOTH
#define S_IWOTH 2
#endif
#ifndef S_IROTH
#define S_IROTH 4
#endif
#ifndef S_IXGRP
#define S_IXGRP (S_IXOTH << 3)
#endif
#ifndef S_IWGRP
#define S_IWGRP (S_IWOTH << 3)
#endif
#ifndef S_IRGRP
#define S_IRGRP (S_IROTH << 3)
#endif
#ifndef S_IXUSR
#define S_IXUSR (S_IXOTH << 6)
#endif
#ifndef S_IWUSR
#define S_IWUSR (S_IWOTH << 6)
#endif
#ifndef S_IRUSR
#define S_IRUSR (S_IROTH << 6)
#endif
#ifdef MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG
# define mkdir(name, mode) ((mkdir) (name))
#endif
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
#define CHAR_BIT 8
#endif
/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 time_t. */
#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) ((t) -1 < (t) 0)
#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? (t) (~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)) \
: (t) 0))
#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
#ifndef CHAR_MAX
#define CHAR_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (char)
#endif
#ifndef INT_MAX
#define INT_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (int)
#endif
#ifndef LONG_MIN
#define LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long)
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
/* On some nonstandard hosts, size_t is signed,
so SIZE_MAX != (size_t) -1. */
#define SIZE_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (size_t)
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
/* CTYPE_DOMAIN (C) is nonzero if the unsigned char C can safely be given
as an argument to <ctype.h> macros like `isspace'. */
#if STDC_HEADERS
#define CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
#else
#define CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) ((unsigned) (c) <= 0177)
#endif
#ifndef ISSPACE
#define ISSPACE(c) (CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
#endif
#ifndef ISDIGIT
#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
#endif
#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
#define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(f) 0
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
#define ISSLASH(c) ((c) == '/')
#endif
/* constants */
/* AIX predefines these. */
#ifdef TRUE
#undef TRUE
#endif
#ifdef FALSE
#undef FALSE
#endif
#define TRUE 1
#define FALSE 0
/* handy definitions */
#define strEQ(s1,s2) (!strcmp(s1, s2))
#define strnEQ(s1,s2,l) (!strncmp(s1, s2, l))
/* typedefs */
typedef int bool; /* must promote to itself */
typedef off_t LINENUM; /* must be signed */
/* globals */
XTERN char *program_name; /* The name this program was run with. */
XTERN char *buf; /* general purpose buffer */
XTERN size_t bufsize; /* allocated size of buf */
XTERN bool using_plan_a; /* try to keep everything in memory */
XTERN char *inname;
XTERN char *outfile;
XTERN int inerrno;
XTERN int invc;
XTERN struct stat instat;
XTERN bool dry_run;
XTERN bool posixly_correct;
XTERN char const *origprae;
XTERN char const *origbase;
XTERN char const * volatile TMPINNAME;
XTERN char const * volatile TMPOUTNAME;
XTERN char const * volatile TMPPATNAME;
XTERN int volatile TMPINNAME_needs_removal;
XTERN int volatile TMPOUTNAME_needs_removal;
XTERN int volatile TMPPATNAME_needs_removal;
#ifdef DEBUGGING
XTERN int debug;
#else
# define debug 0
#endif
XTERN bool force;
XTERN bool batch;
XTERN bool noreverse;
XTERN int reverse;
XTERN enum { DEFAULT_VERBOSITY, SILENT, VERBOSE } verbosity;
XTERN bool skip_rest_of_patch;
XTERN int strippath;
XTERN bool canonicalize;
XTERN int patch_get;
XTERN int set_time;
XTERN int set_utc;
enum diff
{
NO_DIFF,
CONTEXT_DIFF,
NORMAL_DIFF,
ED_DIFF,
NEW_CONTEXT_DIFF,
UNI_DIFF
};
XTERN enum diff diff_type;
XTERN char *revision; /* prerequisite revision, if any */
#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 6) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(x)
#endif
void fatal_exit (int) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
#include <errno.h>
#if !STDC_HEADERS && !defined errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# if !HAVE_MEMCHR
# define memcmp(s1, s2, n) bcmp (s1, s2, n)
# define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy (s, d, n)
void *memchr ();
# endif
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *getenv ();
void *malloc ();
void *realloc ();
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#else
# ifndef lseek
off_t lseek ();
# endif
#endif
#ifndef SEEK_SET
#define SEEK_SET 0
#endif
#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
#define STDIN_FILENO 0
#endif
#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
#endif
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
#define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
#if HAVE_FSEEKO
typedef off_t file_offset;
# define file_seek fseeko
# define file_tell ftello
#else
typedef long file_offset;
# define file_seek fseek
# define file_tell ftell
#endif
#if ! (HAVE_GETEUID || defined geteuid)
# if ! (HAVE_GETUID || defined getuid)
# define geteuid() (-1)
# else
# define geteuid() getuid ()
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
# include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#ifndef O_RDONLY
#define O_RDONLY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_WRONLY
#define O_WRONLY 1
#endif
#ifndef O_RDWR
#define O_RDWR 2
#endif
#ifndef _O_BINARY
#define _O_BINARY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_BINARY
#define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
#endif
#ifndef O_CREAT
#define O_CREAT 0
#endif
#ifndef O_EXCL
#define O_EXCL 0
#endif
#ifndef O_TRUNC
#define O_TRUNC 0
#endif
#if HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
XTERN int binary_transput; /* O_BINARY if binary i/o is desired */
#else
# define binary_transput 0
#endif
#ifndef NULL_DEVICE
#define NULL_DEVICE "/dev/null"
#endif
#ifndef TTY_DEVICE
#define TTY_DEVICE "/dev/tty"
#endif
/* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix). */
#define PROGRAM_NAME "patch"

1091
patch/config.guess vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

275
patch/config.hin Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/* config.hin. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define to 1 if the `closedir' function returns void instead of `int'. */
#undef CLOSEDIR_VOID
/* Define if there is a member named d_ino in the struct describing directory
headers. */
#undef D_INO_IN_DIRENT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <bp-sym.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_BP_SYM_H
/* Define if backslash-a works in C strings. */
#undef HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `free', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_FREE
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getenv', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `malloc', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mktemp', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_MKTEMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
*/
#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
/* Define if the malloc check has been performed. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
/* Define if the realloc check has been performed. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* Define to 1 if fseeko (and presumably ftello) exists and is declared. */
#undef HAVE_FSEEKO
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETUID
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `isascii' function. */
#undef HAVE_ISASCII
/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswprint' function. */
#undef HAVE_ISWPRINT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you support file names longer than 14 characters. */
#undef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
/* ma Define to 1 if <wchar.h> declares mbstate_t. */
#undef HAVE_MBSTATE_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdir' function. */
#undef HAVE_MKDIR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mktemp' function. */
#undef HAVE_MKTEMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */
#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pathconf' function. */
#undef HAVE_PATHCONF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `raise' function. */
#undef HAVE_RAISE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `rename' function. */
#undef HAVE_RENAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the `rmdir' function. */
#undef HAVE_RMDIR
/* Define to 1 if you have the DOS-style `setmode' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGACTION
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigprocmask' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGPROCMASK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigsetmask' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGSETMASK
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
/* Define if struct utimbuf is declared -- usually in <utime.h>. Some systems
have utime.h but don't declare the struct anywhere. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
*/
#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
*/
#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <varargs.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_VARARGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `_doprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE__DOPRINTF
/* Define if mkdir takes only one argument. */
#undef MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define to 1 if the C compiler supports function prototypes. */
#undef PROTOTYPES
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
#undef STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
/* Define to 1 if on AIX 3.
System headers sometimes define this.
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
#endif
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
/* Define to 1 to make fseeko visible on some hosts (e.g. glibc 2.2). */
#undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
#undef _LARGE_FILES
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* Define like PROTOTYPES; this can be used by system headers. */
#undef __PROTOTYPES
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef malloc
/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
#undef mbstate_t
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef mode_t
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef realloc
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t

1220
patch/config.sub vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

8633
patch/configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

75
patch/configure.ac Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
# Configure `patch'.
# Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
AC_PREREQ(2.53)
AC_INIT(patch, 2.5.8, bug-patch@gnu.org)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(patch.c)
AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)
AC_ARG_PROGRAM
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_CPP
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
# Use ed_PROGRAM, not ED_PROGRAM,
# because <errno.h> reserves symbols starting with `E'.
AC_PATH_PROG(ed_PROGRAM, ed, ed)
AC_AIX
AC_MINIX
AC_PROG_CC_STDC
AC_ISC_POSIX
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
AC_EXEEXT
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_C_CONST
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h limits.h string.h unistd.h utime.h varargs.h)
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_OFF_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
jm_PREREQ_ERROR
jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
AC_CHECK_DECLS([free, getenv, malloc, mktemp])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(_doprintf geteuid getuid isascii memcmp mktemp \
pathconf raise sigaction sigprocmask sigsetmask strerror)
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr mkdir rename rmdir strncasecmp)
AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
jm_FUNC_MALLOC
jm_FUNC_REALLOC
AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
AC_FUNC_SETMODE_DOS
AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
PATCH_FUNC_MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG
AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)

59
patch/configure.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
# Configure `patch'.
# Copyright 1993, 1997-1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
AC_PREREQ(2.12)
AC_INIT(patch.c)
AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)
AC_ARG_PROGRAM
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
PACKAGE=patch
VERSION=2.5.4
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
AC_SUBST(VERSION)
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_CPP
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
# Use ed_PROGRAM, not ED_PROGRAM,
# because <errno.h> reserves symbols starting with `E'.
AC_PATH_PROG(ed_PROGRAM, ed, ed)
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
AC_AIX
AC_MINIX
AC_ISC_POSIX
AC_EXEEXT
AM_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_C_CONST
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h limits.h string.h unistd.h utime.h varargs.h)
jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_OFF_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
jm_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long, , [LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getopt1\$U.o getopt\$U.o"])
AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(_doprintf isascii fseeko memcmp mktemp \
pathconf raise setmode sigaction sigprocmask sigsetmask strerror)
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr mkdir rename rmdir)
jm_FUNC_MALLOC
jm_FUNC_REALLOC
AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)

105
patch/dirname.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#endif
#include "dirname.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
in the working directory. Works properly even if
there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
size_t
dir_len (char const *path)
{
size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
size_t length;
/* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
for (length = base_name (path) - path; prefix_length < length; length--)
if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
return length;
/* But don't strip the only slash from "/". */
return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
}
/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
allocated with xmalloc.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
(by effectively ignoring them). */
char *
dir_name (char const *path)
{
size_t length = dir_len (path);
int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
memcpy (newpath, path, length);
if (append_dot)
newpath[length++] = '.';
newpath[length] = 0;
return newpath;
}
#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
/*
Run the test like this (expect no output):
gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
BEGIN-DATA
foo//// .
bar/foo//// bar
foo/ .
/ /
. .
a .
END-DATA
*/
# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
# include <stdio.h>
int
main ()
{
char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
{
char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
char const *result;
sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
result = dir_name (path);
if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
}
return 0;
}
#endif

47
patch/dirname.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
# ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
# endif
# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
# endif
char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

400
patch/error.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <wchar.h>
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
#endif
#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
# if __STDC__
# include <stdarg.h>
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
# else
# include <varargs.h>
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
# endif
#else
# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <string.h>
#else
void exit ();
#endif
#include "error.h"
#include "unlocked-io.h"
#ifndef _
# define _(String) String
#endif
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
void (*error_print_progname) (
#if __STDC__ - 0
void
#endif
);
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
unsigned int error_message_count;
#ifdef _LIBC
/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
# define program_name program_invocation_name
# include <errno.h>
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
Instead make it a weak alias. */
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
# endif
#else /* not _LIBC */
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
char *strerror_r ();
# endif
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
name of the executing program. */
extern char *program_name;
# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# else
# if HAVE_STRERROR
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
char *strerror ();
# endif
# else
static char *
private_strerror (int errnum)
{
extern char *sys_errlist[];
extern int sys_nerr;
if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
return _("Unknown system error");
}
# define strerror private_strerror
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
{
char const *s;
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
char errbuf[1024];
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
# else
if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
s = errbuf;
else
s = 0;
# endif
#else
s = strerror (errnum);
#endif
#if !_LIBC
if (! s)
s = _("Unknown system error");
#endif
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
__fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
return;
}
#endif
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
}
#ifdef VA_START
static void
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
{
# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
mbstate_t st;
size_t res;
const char *tmp;
do
{
if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
wmessage = NULL;
wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (wmessage == NULL)
{
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp =message;
}
while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
if (res == (size_t) -1)
/* The string cannot be converted. */
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
}
else
# endif
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
# else
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
# endif
va_end (args);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
putwc (L'\n', stderr);
else
# endif
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
}
#endif
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
format string with optional args.
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
/* VARARGS */
void
#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
#else
error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
int status;
int errnum;
char *message;
va_dcl
#endif
{
#ifdef VA_START
va_list args;
#endif
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
# else
__flockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
}
#ifdef VA_START
VA_START (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#else
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# else
__funlockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
int error_one_per_line;
void
#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
#else
error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
int status;
int errnum;
const char *file_name;
unsigned int line_number;
char *message;
va_dcl
#endif
{
#ifdef VA_START
va_list args;
#endif
if (error_one_per_line)
{
static const char *old_file_name;
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
old_file_name = file_name;
old_line_number = line_number;
}
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
# else
__flockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
}
if (file_name != NULL)
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
}
#ifdef VA_START
VA_START (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#else
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# else
__funlockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Make the weak alias. */
# undef error
# undef error_at_line
weak_alias (__error, error)
weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
#endif

78
patch/error.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/* Declaration for error-reporting function
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _ERROR_H
#define _ERROR_H 1
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */
extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
#else
void error ();
void error_at_line ();
extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
#endif
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
extern unsigned int error_message_count;
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
extern int error_one_per_line;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* error.h */

31
patch/exitfail.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;

20
patch/exitfail.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
extern int volatile exit_failure;

1067
patch/getopt.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

179
patch/getopt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
#ifndef __need_getopt
# define _GETOPT_H 1
#endif
/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
#ifndef __need_getopt
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field `has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
struct option
{
# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
const char *name;
# else
char *name;
# endif
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
# define no_argument 0
# define required_argument 1
# define optional_argument 2
#endif /* need getopt */
/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
options given in OPTS.
Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
returned.
The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
options.
If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
arguments to the option '\0'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
`getopt'. */
#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt ();
# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
# ifndef __need_getopt
extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only);
# endif
#else /* not __STDC__ */
extern int getopt ();
# ifndef __need_getopt
extern int getopt_long ();
extern int getopt_long_only ();
extern int _getopt_internal ();
# endif
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
#undef __need_getopt
#endif /* getopt.h */

187
patch/getopt1.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
#ifndef const
#define const
#endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
#include <gnu-versions.h>
#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
#define ELIDE_CODE
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
}
#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

468
patch/inp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
/* inputting files to be patched */
/* $Id: inp.c,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:02 rbraun Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1986, 1988 Larry Wall
Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define XTERN extern
#include <common.h>
#include <backupfile.h>
#include <pch.h>
#include <quotearg.h>
#include <util.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#undef XTERN
#define XTERN
#include <inp.h>
/* Input-file-with-indexable-lines abstract type */
static char *i_buffer; /* plan A buffer */
static char const **i_ptr; /* pointers to lines in plan A buffer */
static size_t tibufsize; /* size of plan b buffers */
#ifndef TIBUFSIZE_MINIMUM
#define TIBUFSIZE_MINIMUM (8 * 1024) /* minimum value for tibufsize */
#endif
static int tifd = -1; /* plan b virtual string array */
static char *tibuf[2]; /* plan b buffers */
static LINENUM tiline[2] = {-1, -1}; /* 1st line in each buffer */
static LINENUM lines_per_buf; /* how many lines per buffer */
static size_t tireclen; /* length of records in tmp file */
static size_t last_line_size; /* size of last input line */
static bool plan_a (char const *); /* yield FALSE if memory runs out */
static void plan_b (char const *);
static void report_revision (int);
static void too_many_lines (char const *) __attribute__((noreturn));
/* New patch--prepare to edit another file. */
void
re_input (void)
{
if (using_plan_a) {
if (i_buffer)
{
free (i_buffer);
i_buffer = 0;
free (i_ptr);
}
}
else {
close (tifd);
tifd = -1;
if (tibuf[0])
{
free (tibuf[0]);
tibuf[0] = 0;
}
tiline[0] = tiline[1] = -1;
tireclen = 0;
}
}
/* Construct the line index, somehow or other. */
void
scan_input (char *filename)
{
using_plan_a = ! (debug & 16) && plan_a (filename);
if (!using_plan_a)
plan_b(filename);
if (verbosity != SILENT)
{
filename = quotearg (filename);
if (verbosity == VERBOSE)
say ("Patching file %s using Plan %s...\n",
filename, using_plan_a ? "A" : "B");
else
say ("patching file %s\n", filename);
}
}
/* Report whether a desired revision was found. */
static void
report_revision (int found_revision)
{
char const *rev = quotearg (revision);
if (found_revision)
{
if (verbosity == VERBOSE)
say ("Good. This file appears to be the %s version.\n", rev);
}
else if (force)
{
if (verbosity != SILENT)
say ("Warning: this file doesn't appear to be the %s version -- patching anyway.\n",
rev);
}
else if (batch)
fatal ("This file doesn't appear to be the %s version -- aborting.",
rev);
else
{
ask ("This file doesn't appear to be the %s version -- patch anyway? [n] ",
rev);
if (*buf != 'y')
fatal ("aborted");
}
}
static void
too_many_lines (char const *filename)
{
fatal ("File %s has too many lines", quotearg (filename));
}
void
get_input_file (char const *filename, char const *outname)
{
int elsewhere = strcmp (filename, outname);
char const *cs;
char *diffbuf;
char *getbuf;
if (inerrno == -1)
inerrno = stat (inname, &instat) == 0 ? 0 : errno;
/* Perhaps look for RCS or SCCS versions. */
if (patch_get
&& invc != 0
&& (inerrno
|| (! elsewhere
&& (/* No one can write to it. */
(instat.st_mode & (S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH)) == 0
/* Only the owner (who's not me) can write to it. */
|| ((instat.st_mode & (S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH)) == 0
&& instat.st_uid != geteuid ()))))
&& (invc = !! (cs = (version_controller
(filename, elsewhere,
inerrno ? (struct stat *) 0 : &instat,
&getbuf, &diffbuf))))) {
if (!inerrno) {
if (!elsewhere
&& (instat.st_mode & (S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH)) != 0)
/* Somebody can write to it. */
fatal ("File %s seems to be locked by somebody else under %s",
quotearg (filename), cs);
if (diffbuf)
{
/* It might be checked out unlocked. See if it's safe to
check out the default version locked. */
if (verbosity == VERBOSE)
say ("Comparing file %s to default %s version...\n",
quotearg (filename), cs);
if (systemic (diffbuf) != 0)
{
say ("warning: Patching file %s, which does not match default %s version\n",
quotearg (filename), cs);
cs = 0;
}
}
}
if (cs && version_get (filename, cs, ! inerrno, elsewhere, getbuf,
&instat))
inerrno = 0;
free (getbuf);
if (diffbuf)
free (diffbuf);
} else if (inerrno && !pch_says_nonexistent (reverse))
{
errno = inerrno;
pfatal ("Can't find file %s", quotearg (filename));
}
if (inerrno)
{
instat.st_mode = S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH;
instat.st_size = 0;
}
else if (! S_ISREG (instat.st_mode))
fatal ("File %s is not a regular file -- can't patch",
quotearg (filename));
}
/* Try keeping everything in memory. */
static bool
plan_a (char const *filename)
{
register char const *s;
register char const *lim;
register char const **ptr;
register char *buffer;
register LINENUM iline;
size_t size = instat.st_size;
/* Fail if the file size doesn't fit in a size_t,
or if storage isn't available. */
if (! (size == instat.st_size
&& (buffer = malloc (size ? size : (size_t) 1))))
return FALSE;
/* Read the input file, but don't bother reading it if it's empty.
When creating files, the files do not actually exist. */
if (size)
{
int ifd = open (filename, O_RDONLY|binary_transput);
size_t buffered = 0, n;
if (ifd < 0)
pfatal ("can't open file %s", quotearg (filename));
while (size - buffered != 0)
{
n = read (ifd, buffer + buffered, size - buffered);
if (n == 0)
{
/* Some non-POSIX hosts exaggerate st_size in text mode;
or the file may have shrunk! */
size = buffered;
break;
}
if (n == (size_t) -1)
{
/* Perhaps size is too large for this host. */
close (ifd);
free (buffer);
return FALSE;
}
buffered += n;
}
if (close (ifd) != 0)
read_fatal ();
}
/* Scan the buffer and build array of pointers to lines. */
lim = buffer + size;
iline = 3; /* 1 unused, 1 for SOF, 1 for EOF if last line is incomplete */
for (s = buffer; (s = (char *) memchr (s, '\n', lim - s)); s++)
if (++iline < 0)
too_many_lines (filename);
if (! (iline == (size_t) iline
&& (size_t) iline * sizeof *ptr / sizeof *ptr == (size_t) iline
&& (ptr = (char const **) malloc ((size_t) iline * sizeof *ptr))))
{
free (buffer);
return FALSE;
}
iline = 0;
for (s = buffer; ; s++)
{
ptr[++iline] = s;
if (! (s = (char *) memchr (s, '\n', lim - s)))
break;
}
if (size && lim[-1] != '\n')
ptr[++iline] = lim;
input_lines = iline - 1;
if (revision)
{
char const *rev = revision;
int rev0 = rev[0];
int found_revision = 0;
size_t revlen = strlen (rev);
if (revlen <= size)
{
char const *limrev = lim - revlen;
for (s = buffer; (s = (char *) memchr (s, rev0, limrev - s)); s++)
if (memcmp (s, rev, revlen) == 0
&& (s == buffer || ISSPACE ((unsigned char) s[-1]))
&& (s + 1 == limrev || ISSPACE ((unsigned char) s[revlen])))
{
found_revision = 1;
break;
}
}
report_revision (found_revision);
}
/* Plan A will work. */
i_buffer = buffer;
i_ptr = ptr;
return TRUE;
}
/* Keep (virtually) nothing in memory. */
static void
plan_b (char const *filename)
{
register FILE *ifp;
register int c;
register size_t len;
register size_t maxlen;
register int found_revision;
register size_t i;
register char const *rev;
register size_t revlen;
register LINENUM line = 1;
int exclusive;
if (instat.st_size == 0)
filename = NULL_DEVICE;
if (! (ifp = fopen (filename, binary_transput ? "rb" : "r")))
pfatal ("Can't open file %s", quotearg (filename));
exclusive = TMPINNAME_needs_removal ? 0 : O_EXCL;
TMPINNAME_needs_removal = 1;
tifd = create_file (TMPINNAME, O_RDWR | O_BINARY | exclusive, (mode_t) 0);
i = 0;
len = 0;
maxlen = 1;
rev = revision;
found_revision = !rev;
revlen = rev ? strlen (rev) : 0;
while ((c = getc (ifp)) != EOF)
{
len++;
if (c == '\n')
{
if (++line < 0)
too_many_lines (filename);
if (maxlen < len)
maxlen = len;
len = 0;
}
if (!found_revision)
{
if (i == revlen)
{
found_revision = ISSPACE ((unsigned char) c);
i = (size_t) -1;
}
else if (i != (size_t) -1)
i = rev[i]==c ? i + 1 : (size_t) -1;
if (i == (size_t) -1 && ISSPACE ((unsigned char) c))
i = 0;
}
}
if (revision)
report_revision (found_revision);
Fseek (ifp, (off_t) 0, SEEK_SET); /* rewind file */
for (tibufsize = TIBUFSIZE_MINIMUM; tibufsize < maxlen; tibufsize <<= 1)
continue;
lines_per_buf = tibufsize / maxlen;
tireclen = maxlen;
tibuf[0] = xmalloc (2 * tibufsize);
tibuf[1] = tibuf[0] + tibufsize;
for (line = 1; ; line++)
{
char *p = tibuf[0] + maxlen * (line % lines_per_buf);
char const *p0 = p;
if (! (line % lines_per_buf)) /* new block */
if (write (tifd, tibuf[0], tibufsize) != tibufsize)
write_fatal ();
if ((c = getc (ifp)) == EOF)
break;
for (;;)
{
*p++ = c;
if (c == '\n')
{
last_line_size = p - p0;
break;
}
if ((c = getc (ifp)) == EOF)
{
last_line_size = p - p0;
line++;
goto EOF_reached;
}
}
}
EOF_reached:
if (ferror (ifp) || fclose (ifp) != 0)
read_fatal ();
if (line % lines_per_buf != 0)
if (write (tifd, tibuf[0], tibufsize) != tibufsize)
write_fatal ();
input_lines = line - 1;
}
/* Fetch a line from the input file.
WHICHBUF is ignored when the file is in memory. */
char const *
ifetch (LINENUM line, int whichbuf, size_t *psize)
{
register char const *q;
register char const *p;
if (line < 1 || line > input_lines) {
*psize = 0;
return "";
}
if (using_plan_a) {
p = i_ptr[line];
*psize = i_ptr[line + 1] - p;
return p;
} else {
LINENUM offline = line % lines_per_buf;
LINENUM baseline = line - offline;
if (tiline[0] == baseline)
whichbuf = 0;
else if (tiline[1] == baseline)
whichbuf = 1;
else {
tiline[whichbuf] = baseline;
if (lseek (tifd, (off_t) (baseline/lines_per_buf * tibufsize),
SEEK_SET) == -1
|| read (tifd, tibuf[whichbuf], tibufsize) < 0)
read_fatal ();
}
p = tibuf[whichbuf] + (tireclen*offline);
if (line == input_lines)
*psize = last_line_size;
else {
for (q = p; *q++ != '\n'; )
continue;
*psize = q - p;
}
return p;
}
}

29
patch/inp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* inputting files to be patched */
/* $Id: inp.h,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:02 rbraun Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1986, 1988 Larry Wall
Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
XTERN LINENUM input_lines; /* how long is input file in lines */
char const *ifetch (LINENUM, int, size_t *);
void get_input_file (char const *, char const *);
void re_input (void);
void scan_input (char *);

251
patch/install-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
#
# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
#
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
# without express or implied warranty.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
# shared with many OS's install programs.
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
transformbasename=""
transform_arg=""
instcmd="$mvprog"
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
chowncmd=""
chgrpcmd=""
stripcmd=""
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
src=""
dst=""
dir_arg=""
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
case $1 in
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
shift
continue;;
-d) dir_arg=true
shift
continue;;
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
shift
continue;;
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
shift
continue;;
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
shift
continue;;
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
src=$1
else
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
:
dst=$1
fi
shift
continue;;
esac
done
if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
echo "install: no input file specified"
exit 1
else
:
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
dst=$src
src=""
if [ -d $dst ]; then
instcmd=:
chmodcmd=""
else
instcmd=$mkdirprog
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
then
:
else
echo "install: $src does not exist"
exit 1
fi
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
then
echo "install: no destination specified"
exit 1
else
:
fi
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
if [ -d $dst ]
then
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
else
:
fi
fi
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
defaultIFS='
'
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
oIFS="${IFS}"
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
IFS='%'
set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
IFS="${oIFS}"
pathcomp=''
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
shift
if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
then
$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
else
:
fi
pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
done
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
then
$doit $instcmd $dst &&
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else : ; fi
else
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
fi
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
:
fi
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
fi &&
exit 0

29
patch/m4/c-bs-a.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
# c-bs-a.m4 serial 4 (fileutils-4.1.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BACKSLASH_A],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether backslash-a works in strings], ac_cv_c_backslash_a,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
[
#if '\a' == 'a'
syntax error;
#endif
char buf['\a' == 'a' ? -1 : 1];
buf[0] = '\a';
return buf[0] != "\a"[0];
],
ac_cv_c_backslash_a=yes,
ac_cv_c_backslash_a=no)])
if test $ac_cv_c_backslash_a = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A, 1,
[Define if backslash-a works in C strings.])
fi
])

95
patch/m4/ccstdc.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
# The following is taken from automake 1.4,
# except that it prefers the compiler option -Ae to "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE"
# because only the former supports 64-bit integral types on HP-UX 10.20.
## ----------------------------------------- ##
## ANSIfy the C compiler whenever possible. ##
## From Franc,ois Pinard ##
## ----------------------------------------- ##
# serial 2
# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
# @ovindex CC
# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries various
# options that select ANSI C on some system or another. It considers the
# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
#
# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}. If you wrote your source
# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
# @end defmac
AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_CONST])
dnl Force this before AC_PROG_CPP. Some cpp's, eg on HPUX, require
dnl a magic option to avoid problems with ANSI preprocessor commands
dnl like #elif.
dnl FIXME: can't do this because then AC_AIX won't work due to a
dnl circular dependency.
dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
ac_save_CC="$CC"
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
# breaks some systems' header files.
# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi
# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1
# HP-UX -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
# SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
do
CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
static char *e (p, i)
char **p;
int i;
{
return p[i];
}
static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
{
char *s;
va_list v;
va_start (v,p);
s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
va_end (v);
return s;
}
int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
int argc;
char **argv;
], [
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
],
[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
done
CC="$ac_save_CC"
])
if test -z "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([none needed])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
fi
case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
x|xno) ;;
*) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
esac
])

42
patch/m4/d-ino.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
#serial 4
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl
dnl Check whether struct dirent has a member named d_ino.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_DIRENT])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for d_ino member in directory struct],
jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino,
[AC_TRY_LINK(dnl
[
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
# include <dirent.h>
#else /* not HAVE_DIRENT_H */
# define dirent direct
# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
# include <sys/ndir.h>
# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
# include <sys/dir.h>
# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
# include <ndir.h>
# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
],
[struct dirent dp; dp.d_ino = 0;],
jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino=yes,
jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino=no)
]
)
if test $jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(D_INO_IN_DIRENT, 1,
[Define if there is a member named d_ino in the struct describing
directory headers.])
fi
]
)

13
patch/m4/error.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
#serial 4
dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ERROR],
[
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror vprintf doprnt)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror])
AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
AC_HEADER_STDC
])

22
patch/m4/inttypes_h.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
#serial 3
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists,
# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H,
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>],
[uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
and declares uintmax_t. ])
fi
])

14
patch/m4/jm-glibc-io.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
#serial 7 -*- autoconf -*-
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl
dnl See if the glibc *_unlocked I/O macros are available.
dnl Use only those *_unlocked macros that are declared.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO],
[AC_CHECK_DECLS(
[clearerr_unlocked, feof_unlocked, ferror_unlocked,
fflush_unlocked, fgets_unlocked, fputc_unlocked, fputs_unlocked,
fread_unlocked, fwrite_unlocked, getc_unlocked,
getchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked, putchar_unlocked])])

115
patch/m4/largefile.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
#serial 5
dnl By default, many hosts won't let programs access large files;
dnl one must use special compiler options to get large-file access to work.
dnl For more details about this brain damage please see:
dnl http://www.sas.com/standards/large.file/x_open.20Mar96.html
dnl Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.
dnl Internal subroutine of AC_SYS_LARGEFILE.
dnl AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_FLAGS(FLAGSNAME)
AC_DEFUN(AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_FLAGS,
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $1 value to request large file support],
ac_cv_sys_largefile_$1,
[ac_cv_sys_largefile_$1=`($GETCONF LFS_$1) 2>/dev/null` || {
ac_cv_sys_largefile_$1=no
ifelse($1, CFLAGS,
[case "$host_os" in
# IRIX 6.2 and later require cc -n32.
changequote(, )dnl
irix6.[2-9]* | irix6.1[0-9]* | irix[7-9].* | irix[1-9][0-9]*)
changequote([, ])dnl
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
ac_cv_sys_largefile_CFLAGS=-n32
fi
ac_save_CC="$CC"
CC="$CC $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CFLAGS"
AC_TRY_LINK(, , , ac_cv_sys_largefile_CFLAGS=no)
CC="$ac_save_CC"
esac])
}])])
dnl Internal subroutine of AC_SYS_LARGEFILE.
dnl AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_SPACE_APPEND(VAR, VAL)
AC_DEFUN(AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_SPACE_APPEND,
[case $2 in
no) ;;
?*)
case "[$]$1" in
'') $1=$2 ;;
*) $1=[$]$1' '$2 ;;
esac ;;
esac])
dnl Internal subroutine of AC_SYS_LARGEFILE.
dnl AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_MACRO_VALUE(C-MACRO, CACHE-VAR, COMMENT, CODE-TO-SET-DEFAULT)
AC_DEFUN(AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_MACRO_VALUE,
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $1], $2,
[$2=no
changequote(, )dnl
$4
for ac_flag in $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CFLAGS no; do
case "$ac_flag" in
-D$1)
$2=1 ;;
-D$1=*)
$2=`expr " $ac_flag" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
esac
done
changequote([, ])dnl
])
if test "[$]$2" != no; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$1], [$]$2, [$3])
fi])
AC_DEFUN(AC_SYS_LARGEFILE,
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(largefile,
[ --disable-largefile omit support for large files])
if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then
AC_CHECK_TOOL(GETCONF, getconf)
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_FLAGS(CFLAGS)
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_FLAGS(LDFLAGS)
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_FLAGS(LIBS)
for ac_flag in $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CFLAGS no; do
case "$ac_flag" in
no) ;;
-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=*) ;;
-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE | -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE=*) ;;
-D_LARGE_FILES | -D_LARGE_FILES=*) ;;
-D?* | -I?*)
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_SPACE_APPEND(CPPFLAGS, "$ac_flag") ;;
*)
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_SPACE_APPEND(CFLAGS, "$ac_flag") ;;
esac
done
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_SPACE_APPEND(LDFLAGS, "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_LDFLAGS")
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_SPACE_APPEND(LIBS, "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_LIBS")
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_MACRO_VALUE(_FILE_OFFSET_BITS,
ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits,
[Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable.],
[case "$host_os" in
# HP-UX 10.20 and later
hpux10.[2-9][0-9]* | hpux1[1-9]* | hpux[2-9][0-9]*)
ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=64 ;;
esac])
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_MACRO_VALUE(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE,
ac_cv_sys_largefile_source,
[Define to make fseeko etc. visible, on some hosts.],
[case "$host_os" in
# HP-UX 10.20 and later
hpux10.[2-9][0-9]* | hpux1[1-9]* | hpux[2-9][0-9]*)
ac_cv_sys_largefile_source=1 ;;
esac])
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE_MACRO_VALUE(_LARGE_FILES,
ac_cv_sys_large_files,
[Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts.],
[case "$host_os" in
# AIX 4.2 and later
aix4.[2-9]* | aix4.1[0-9]* | aix[5-9].* | aix[1-9][0-9]*)
ac_cv_sys_large_files=1 ;;
esac])
fi
])

35
patch/m4/malloc.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
#serial 6
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MALLOC],
[
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the malloc check has been performed. ])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether malloc(0) returns a non-NULL pointer],
jm_cv_func_working_malloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
char *malloc ();
int
main ()
{
exit (malloc (0) ? 0 : 1);
}
],
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes,
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no,
dnl When crosscompiling, assume malloc(0) returns NULL.
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then
AC_LIBOBJ(malloc)
AC_DEFINE(malloc, rpl_malloc,
[Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.])
fi
])

24
patch/m4/mbrtowc.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
# mbrtowc.m4 serial 4 (fileutils-4.1.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Paul Eggert
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared],
jm_cv_func_mbrtowc,
[AC_TRY_LINK(
[#include <wchar.h>],
[mbstate_t state; return ! (sizeof state && mbrtowc);],
jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes,
jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=no)])
if test $jm_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBRTOWC, 1,
[Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared.])
fi
])

38
patch/m4/mbstate_t.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
# mbstate_t.m4 serial 9 (fileutils-4.1.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
# From Paul Eggert.
# BeOS 5 has <wchar.h> but does not define mbstate_t,
# so you can't declare an object of that type.
# Check for this incompatibility with Standard C.
# Include stdlib.h first, because otherwise this test would fail on Linux
# (at least glibc-2.1.3) because the "_XOPEN_SOURCE 500" definition elicits
# a syntax error in wchar.h due to the use of undefined __int32_t.
AC_DEFUN([AC_MBSTATE_T],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for mbstate_t], ac_cv_type_mbstate_t,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#include <wchar.h>],
[mbstate_t x; return sizeof x;],
ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=yes,
ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=no)])
if test $ac_cv_type_mbstate_t = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBSTATE_T, 1,ma
[Define to 1 if <wchar.h> declares mbstate_t.])
else
AC_DEFINE(mbstate_t, int,
[Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define.])
fi])

34
patch/m4/mkdir.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
#serial 1
dnl From Mumit Khan and Paul Eggert
dnl Determine whether mkdir accepts only one argument instead of the usual two.
AC_DEFUN([PATCH_FUNC_MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG],
[AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkdir)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mkdir takes only one argument],
patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg,
[patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg=no
if test $ac_cv_func_mkdir = yes; then
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
],
[mkdir (".", 0);],
,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
],
[mkdir (".");],
patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg=yes
)]
)
fi
]
)
if test $patch_cv_mkdir_takes_one_arg = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG], 1,
[Define if mkdir takes only one argument.])
fi
]
)

153
patch/m4/prereq.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
#serial 22
dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
dnl directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ],
[
jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST
jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
jm_PREREQ_ERROR
jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE
jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
jm_PREREQ_HARD_LOCALE
jm_PREREQ_HASH
jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
jm_PREREQ_PHYSMEM
jm_PREREQ_POSIXVER
jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
jm_PREREQ_READUTMP
jm_PREREQ_REGEX
jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME # called by mkstemp
jm_PREREQ_XGETCWD
jm_PREREQ_XREADLINK
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT],
[
dnl For addext.c.
AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pathconf)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h string.h unistd.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST],
[
dnl Add any libraries as early as possible.
dnl In particular, inet_ntoa needs -lnsl at least on Solaris5.5.1,
dnl so we have to add -lnsl to LIBS before checking for that function.
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(gethostbyname, [inet nsl])
dnl These come from -lnsl on Solaris5.5.1.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h string.h netdb.h sys/socket.h \
netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME],
[
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE],
[
AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU([lib])
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE],
[
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HARD_LOCALE],
[
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(locale.h stdlib.h string.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HASH],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
])
# If you use human.c, you need the following files:
# inttypes.m4 ulonglong.m4
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HUMAN],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h string.h)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h bp-sym.h)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_PHYSMEM],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/pstat.h unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getstatic pstat_getdynamic)
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_POSIXVER],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG],
[
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint)
jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stddef.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
AC_MBSTATE_T
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_REGEX],
[
dnl FIXME: Maybe provide a btowc replacement someday: solaris-2.5.1 lacks it.
dnl FIXME: Check for wctype and iswctype, and and add -lw if necessary
dnl to get them.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bzero bcopy isascii btowc)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(alloca.h libintl.h wctype.h wchar.h)
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME],
[
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_HEADER_STAT
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/time.h stdint.h unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(__secure_getenv gettimeofday)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_XGETCWD],
[
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h sys/param.h unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getcwd)
AC_FUNC_GETCWD_NULL
])
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_XREADLINK],
[
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h sys/types.h unistd.h)
])

25
patch/m4/protos.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
## ------------------------------- ##
## Check for function prototypes. ##
## From Franc,ois Pinard ##
## ------------------------------- ##
# serial 1
AC_DEFUN(AM_C_PROTOTYPES,
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_CC_STDC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for function prototypes])
if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" != no; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE(PROTOTYPES,1,[Define if compiler has function prototypes])
U= ANSI2KNR=
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
U=_ ANSI2KNR=./ansi2knr
# Ensure some checks needed by ansi2knr itself.
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
fi
AC_SUBST(U)dnl
AC_SUBST(ANSI2KNR)dnl
])

35
patch/m4/realloc.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
#serial 6
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_REALLOC],
[
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the realloc check has been performed. ])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether realloc(0,0) returns a non-NULL pointer],
jm_cv_func_working_realloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
char *realloc ();
int
main ()
{
exit (realloc (0, 0) ? 0 : 1);
}
],
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes,
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no,
dnl When crosscompiling, assume realloc(0,0) returns NULL.
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then
AC_LIBOBJ(realloc)
AC_DEFINE(realloc, rpl_realloc,
[Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.])
fi
])

38
patch/m4/setmode.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
# Check for setmode, DOS style.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_SETMODE_DOS],
[AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h unistd.h)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for DOS-style setmode],
[ac_cv_func_setmode_dos],
[AC_TRY_LINK(
[#include <io.h>
#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
# include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif],
[int ret = setmode && setmode (1, O_BINARY);],
[ac_cv_func_setmode_dos=yes],
[ac_cv_func_setmode_dos=no])])
if test $ac_cv_func_setmode_dos = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SETMODE_DOS, 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the DOS-style `setmode' function.])
fi])

40
patch/m4/utimbuf.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
#serial 4
dnl From Jim Meyering
dnl Define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF if `struct utimbuf' is declared --
dnl usually in <utime.h>.
dnl Some systems have utime.h but don't declare the struct anywhere.
AC_DEFUN([jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(utime.h)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_TIME])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct utimbuf], fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[
#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <time.h>
#else
# ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
# include <sys/time.h>
# else
# include <time.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
# include <utime.h>
#endif
],
[static struct utimbuf x; x.actime = x.modtime;],
fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf=yes,
fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf=no)
])
if test $fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF, 1,
[Define if struct utimbuf is declared -- usually in <utime.h>.
Some systems have utime.h but don't declare the struct anywhere. ])
fi
])

501
patch/maketime.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
/* Convert struct partime into time_t. */
/* Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997 Paul Eggert
Distributed under license by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of RCS.
RCS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
RCS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with RCS; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Report problems and direct all questions to:
rcs-bugs@cs.purdue.edu
*/
/* For maximum portability, use only localtime and gmtime.
Make no assumptions about the time_t epoch or the range of time_t values.
Avoid mktime because it's not universal and because there's no easy,
portable way for mktime to yield the inverse of gmtime. */
#if has_conf_h
# include <conf.h>
#else
# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
# else
# ifndef __STDC__
# define const
# endif
# endif
/* MIPS RISCOS4.52 defines time_t in <sys/types.h> not <time.h>. */
# include <sys/types.h>
# if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
# endif
# ifndef LONG_MIN
# define LONG_MIN (-1-2147483647L)
# endif
# if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# endif
# include <time.h>
# ifdef __STDC__
# define P(x) x
# else
# define P(x) ()
# endif
#endif
#include <partime.h>
#include <maketime.h>
char const maket_id[] =
"$Id: maketime.c,v 1.1.1.2 2000/05/06 22:44:53 wsanchez Exp $";
static int isleap P ((int));
static int month_days P ((struct tm const *));
static time_t maketime P ((struct partime const *, time_t));
/* Suppose A1 + B1 = SUM1, using 2's complement arithmetic ignoring overflow.
Suppose A, B and SUM have the same respective signs as A1, B1, and SUM1.
Then this yields nonzero if overflow occurred during the addition.
Overflow occurs if A and B have the same sign, but A and SUM differ in sign.
Use `^' to test whether signs differ, and `< 0' to isolate the sign. */
#define overflow_sum_sign(a, b, sum) ((~((a) ^ (b)) & ((a) ^ (sum))) < 0)
/* Quotient and remainder when dividing A by B,
truncating towards minus infinity, where B is positive. */
#define DIV(a, b) ((a) / (b) - ((a) % (b) < 0))
#define MOD(a, b) ((a) % (b) + (b) * ((a) % (b) < 0))
/* Number of days in 400 consecutive Gregorian years. */
#define Y400_DAYS (365 * 400L + 100 - 4 + 1)
/* Number of years to add to tm_year to get Gregorian year. */
#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
static int
isleap (y)
int y;
{
return (y & 3) == 0 && (y % 100 != 0 || y % 400 == 0);
}
/* days in year before start of months 0-12 */
static int const month_yday[] =
{
0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334, 365
};
/* Yield the number of days in TM's month. */
static int
month_days (tm)
struct tm const *tm;
{
int m = tm->tm_mon;
return (month_yday[m + 1] - month_yday[m]
+ (m == 1 && isleap (tm->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)));
}
/* Convert UNIXTIME to struct tm form.
Use gmtime if available and if !LOCALZONE, localtime otherwise. */
struct tm *
time2tm (unixtime, localzone)
time_t unixtime;
int localzone;
{
struct tm *tm;
#ifdef TZ_is_unset
static char const *TZ;
if (!TZ && !(TZ = getenv ("TZ")))
TZ_is_unset ("The TZ environment variable is not set; please set it to your timezone");
#endif
if (localzone || !(tm = gmtime (&unixtime)))
tm = localtime (&unixtime);
return tm;
}
/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds. */
time_t
difftm (a, b)
struct tm const *a;
struct tm const *b;
{
int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
int ac = DIV (ay, 100);
int bc = DIV (by, 100);
int difference_in_day_of_year = a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday;
int intervening_leap_days = (((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
- (ac - bc)
+ ((ac >> 2) - (bc >> 2)));
time_t difference_in_years = ay - by;
time_t difference_in_days
= (difference_in_years * 365
+ (intervening_leap_days + difference_in_day_of_year));
return (((((difference_in_days * 24
+ (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
* 60)
+ (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
* 60)
+ (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
}
/* Adjust time T by adding SECONDS.
The absolute value of SECONDS cannot exceed 59 * INT_MAX,
and also cannot exceed one month's worth of seconds;
this is enough to handle any POSIX or real-life daylight-saving offset.
Adjust only T's year, mon, mday, hour, min and sec members;
plus adjust wday if it is defined. */
void
adjzone (t, seconds)
register struct tm *t;
long seconds;
{
int days = 0;
/* This code can be off by a second if SECONDS is not a multiple of 60,
if T is local time, and if a leap second happens during this minute.
But this bug has never occurred, and most likely will not ever occur.
Liberia, the last country for which SECONDS % 60 was nonzero,
switched to UTC in May 1972; the first leap second was in June 1972. */
int leap_second = t->tm_sec == 60;
long sec = seconds + (t->tm_sec - leap_second);
if (sec < 0)
{
if ((t->tm_min -= (59 - sec) / 60) < 0
&& (t->tm_hour -= (59 - t->tm_min) / 60) < 0)
{
days = - ((23 - t->tm_hour) / 24);
if ((t->tm_mday += days) <= 0)
{
if (--t->tm_mon < 0)
{
--t->tm_year;
t->tm_mon = 11;
}
t->tm_mday += month_days (t);
}
}
}
else
{
if (60 <= (t->tm_min += sec / 60)
&& (24 <= (t->tm_hour += t->tm_min / 60)))
{
days = t->tm_hour / 24;
if (month_days (t) < (t->tm_mday += days))
{
if (11 < ++t->tm_mon)
{
++t->tm_year;
t->tm_mon = 0;
}
t->tm_mday = 1;
}
}
}
if (TM_DEFINED (t->tm_wday))
t->tm_wday = MOD (t->tm_wday + days, 7);
t->tm_hour = MOD (t->tm_hour, 24);
t->tm_min = MOD (t->tm_min, 60);
t->tm_sec = (int) MOD (sec, 60) + leap_second;
}
/* Convert TM to time_t, using localtime if LOCALZONE and gmtime otherwise.
Use only TM's year, mon, mday, hour, min, and sec members.
Ignore TM's old tm_yday and tm_wday, but fill in their correct values.
Yield -1 on failure (e.g. a member out of range).
POSIX 1003.1 doesn't allow leap seconds, but some implementations
have them anyway, so allow them if localtime/gmtime does. */
time_t
tm2time (tm, localzone)
struct tm *tm;
int localzone;
{
/* Cache the most recent t,tm pairs; 1 for gmtime, 1 for localtime. */
static time_t t_cache[2];
static struct tm tm_cache[2];
time_t d, gt;
struct tm const *gtm;
/* The maximum number of iterations should be enough to handle any
combinations of leap seconds, time zone rule changes, and solar time.
4 is probably enough; we use a bigger number just to be safe. */
int remaining_tries = 8;
/* Avoid subscript errors. */
if (12 <= (unsigned) tm->tm_mon)
return -1;
tm->tm_yday = month_yday[tm->tm_mon] + tm->tm_mday
- (tm->tm_mon < 2 || !isleap (tm->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN));
/* Make a first guess. */
gt = t_cache[localzone];
gtm = gt ? &tm_cache[localzone] : time2tm (gt, localzone);
/* Repeatedly use the error from the guess to improve the guess. */
while ((d = difftm (tm, gtm)) != 0)
{
if (--remaining_tries == 0)
return -1;
gt += d;
gtm = time2tm (gt, localzone);
}
/* Check that the guess actually matches;
overflow can cause difftm to yield 0 even on differing times,
or tm may have members out of range (e.g. bad leap seconds). */
#define TM_DIFFER(a,b) \
( \
((a)->tm_year ^ (b)->tm_year) | \
((a)->tm_mon ^ (b)->tm_mon) | \
((a)->tm_mday ^ (b)->tm_mday) | \
((a)->tm_hour ^ (b)->tm_hour) | \
((a)->tm_min ^ (b)->tm_min) | \
((a)->tm_sec ^ (b)->tm_sec) \
)
if (TM_DIFFER (tm, gtm))
{
/* If gt is a leap second, try gt+1; if it is one greater than
a leap second, try gt-1; otherwise, it doesn't matter.
Leap seconds always fall at month end. */
int yd = tm->tm_year - gtm->tm_year;
gt += yd + (yd ? 0 : tm->tm_mon - gtm->tm_mon);
gtm = time2tm (gt, localzone);
if (TM_DIFFER (tm, gtm))
return -1;
}
t_cache[localzone] = gt;
tm_cache[localzone] = *gtm;
tm->tm_wday = gtm->tm_wday;
return gt;
}
/* Check *PT and convert it to time_t.
If it is incompletely specified, use DEFAULT_TIME to fill it out.
Use localtime if PT->zone is the special value TM_LOCAL_ZONE.
Yield -1 on failure.
ISO 8601 day-of-year and week numbers are not yet supported. */
static time_t
maketime (pt, default_time)
struct partime const *pt;
time_t default_time;
{
int localzone, wday, year;
struct tm tm;
struct tm *tm0 = 0;
time_t r;
int use_ordinal_day;
tm0 = 0; /* Keep gcc -Wall happy. */
localzone = pt->zone == TM_LOCAL_ZONE;
tm = pt->tm;
year = tm.tm_year;
wday = tm.tm_wday;
use_ordinal_day = (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_mday)
&& TM_DEFINED (wday) && TM_DEFINED (pt->wday_ordinal));
if (use_ordinal_day || TM_DEFINED (pt->ymodulus) || !TM_DEFINED (year))
{
/* Get tm corresponding to default time. */
tm0 = time2tm (default_time, localzone);
if (!localzone)
adjzone (tm0, pt->zone);
}
if (use_ordinal_day)
tm.tm_mday = (tm0->tm_mday
+ ((wday - tm0->tm_wday + 7) % 7
+ 7 * (pt->wday_ordinal - (pt->wday_ordinal != 0))));
if (TM_DEFINED (pt->ymodulus))
{
/* Yield a year closest to the default that has the given modulus. */
int year0 = tm0->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
int y0 = MOD (year0, pt->ymodulus);
int d = 2 * (year - y0);
year += (((year0 - y0) / pt->ymodulus
+ (pt->ymodulus < d ? -1 : d < -pt->ymodulus))
* pt->ymodulus);
}
else if (!TM_DEFINED (year))
{
/* Set default year, month, day from current time. */
year = tm0->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
if (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_mon))
{
tm.tm_mon = tm0->tm_mon;
if (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_mday))
tm.tm_mday = tm0->tm_mday;
}
}
/* Set remaining default fields to be their minimum values. */
if (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_mon))
tm.tm_mon = 0;
if (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_mday))
tm.tm_mday = 1;
if (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_hour))
tm.tm_hour = 0;
if (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_min))
tm.tm_min = 0;
if (!TM_DEFINED (tm.tm_sec))
tm.tm_sec = 0;
tm.tm_year = year - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
if ((year < tm.tm_year) != (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN < 0))
return -1;
if (!localzone)
{
adjzone (&tm, -pt->zone);
wday = tm.tm_wday;
}
/* Convert and fill in the rest of the tm. */
r = tm2time (&tm, localzone);
if (r == -1)
return r;
/* Check weekday. */
if (TM_DEFINED (wday) && wday != tm.tm_wday)
return -1;
/* Add relative time, except for seconds.
We handle seconds separately, at the end,
so that leap seconds are handled properly. */
if (pt->tmr.tm_year | pt->tmr.tm_mon | pt->tmr.tm_mday
| pt->tmr.tm_hour | pt->tmr.tm_min)
{
int years = tm.tm_year + pt->tmr.tm_year;
int mons = tm.tm_mon + pt->tmr.tm_mon;
int mdays = tm.tm_mday + pt->tmr.tm_mday;
int hours = tm.tm_hour + pt->tmr.tm_hour;
int mins = tm.tm_min + pt->tmr.tm_min;
int carried_hours = DIV (mins, 60);
int hours1 = hours + carried_hours;
int carried_days = DIV (hours1, 24);
int mdays1 = mdays + carried_days;
int mon0 = MOD (mons, 12);
int carried_years0 = DIV (mons, 12);
int year0 = years + carried_years0;
int yday0 = (month_yday[mon0]
- (mon0 < 2 || !isleap (year0 + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)));
int yday1 = yday0 + mdays1;
int carried_years1 = DIV (yday1, Y400_DAYS) * 400;
int year1 = year0 + carried_years1;
int yday2 = MOD (yday1, Y400_DAYS);
int leap;
if (overflow_sum_sign (tm.tm_year, pt->tmr.tm_year, years)
| overflow_sum_sign (tm.tm_mon, pt->tmr.tm_mon, mons)
| overflow_sum_sign (tm.tm_mday, pt->tmr.tm_mday, mdays)
| overflow_sum_sign (tm.tm_hour, pt->tmr.tm_hour, hours)
| overflow_sum_sign (tm.tm_min, pt->tmr.tm_min, mins)
| overflow_sum_sign (hours, carried_hours, hours1)
| overflow_sum_sign (mdays, carried_days, mdays1)
| overflow_sum_sign (years, carried_years0, year0)
| overflow_sum_sign (yday0, mdays1, yday1)
| overflow_sum_sign (year0, carried_years1, year1))
return -1;
for (;;)
{
int days_per_year = 365 + (leap = isleap (year1 + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN));
if (yday2 < days_per_year)
break;
yday2 -= days_per_year;
year1++;
}
tm.tm_year = year1;
{
int mon;
for (mon = 11;
(tm.tm_mday = (yday2 - month_yday[mon] + (mon < 2 || !leap))) <= 0;
mon--)
continue;
tm.tm_mon = mon;
}
tm.tm_hour = MOD (hours1, 24);
tm.tm_min = MOD (mins, 60);
r = tm2time (&tm, localzone);
if (r == -1)
return r;
}
/* Add the seconds' part of relative time. */
{
time_t rs = r + pt->tmr.tm_sec;
if ((pt->tmr.tm_sec < 0) != (rs < r))
return -1;
return rs;
}
}
/* Parse a free-format date in *SOURCE, yielding a Unix format time.
Update *SOURCE to point to the first character after the date.
If *SOURCE is missing some information, take defaults from
DEFAULT_TIME and DEFAULT_ZONE. *SOURCE may even be the empty
string or an immediately invalid string, in which case the default
time and zone is used.
Return (time_t) -1 if the time is invalid or cannot be represented. */
time_t
str2time (source, default_time, default_zone)
char const **source;
time_t default_time;
long default_zone;
{
struct partime pt;
*source = partime (*source, &pt);
if (pt.zone == TM_UNDEFINED_ZONE)
pt.zone = default_zone;
return maketime (&pt, default_time);
}
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
time_t default_time = time ((time_t *) 0);
long default_zone = argv[1] ? atol (argv[1]) : TM_LOCAL_ZONE;
char buf[1000];
while (fgets (buf, sizeof (buf), stdin))
{
char const *p = buf;
time_t t = str2time (&p, default_time, default_zone);
printf ("`%.*s' -> %s",
(int) (p - buf - (p[0] == '\0' && p[-1] == '\n')), buf,
asctime ((argv[1] ? gmtime : localtime) (&t)));
}
return 0;
}
#endif

39
patch/maketime.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Yield time_t from struct partime yielded by partime. */
/* Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Paul Eggert
Distributed under license by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of RCS.
RCS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
RCS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with RCS; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Report problems and direct all questions to:
rcs-bugs@cs.purdue.edu
*/
#if defined __STDC__ || has_prototypes
# define __MAKETIME_P(x) x
#else
# define __MAKETIME_P(x) ()
#endif
struct tm *time2tm __MAKETIME_P ((time_t, int));
time_t difftm __MAKETIME_P ((struct tm const *, struct tm const *));
time_t str2time __MAKETIME_P ((char const **, time_t, long));
time_t tm2time __MAKETIME_P ((struct tm *, int));
void adjzone __MAKETIME_P ((struct tm *, long));

38
patch/malloc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef malloc
#include <sys/types.h>
char *malloc ();
/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
char *
rpl_malloc (size_t n)
{
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
return malloc (n);
}

216
patch/memchr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef __ptr_t
#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
# define __ptr_t void *
#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */
# define __ptr_t char *
#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */
#if defined _LIBC
# include <string.h>
# include <memcopy.h>
#else
# define reg_char char
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
#ifndef LONG_MAX
# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
# include <bp-sym.h>
#else
# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
#endif
#undef memchr
#undef __memchr
/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */
__ptr_t
__memchr (s, c_in, n)
const __ptr_t s;
int c_in;
size_t n;
{
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
unsigned reg_char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
/* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
& (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
--n, ++char_ptr)
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords. */
longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
/* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero. Call these bits
the "holes." Note that there is a hole just to the left of
each byte, with an extra at the end:
bits: 01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into. */
if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
abort ();
#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
#else
magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
#endif
/* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C. */
charmask = c | (c << 8);
charmask |= charmask << 16;
#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
charmask |= charmask << 32;
#endif
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
we will test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing
if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero. */
while (n >= sizeof (longword))
{
/* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
1) Is this safe? Will it catch all the zero bytes?
Suppose there is a byte with all zeros. Any carry bits
propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
least significant bit and stop. Since there will be no
carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
detected.
2) Is this worthwhile? Will it ignore everything except
zero bytes? Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
somewhere. There will be a carry into bit 8. If bit 8
is set, this will carry into bit 16. If bit 8 is clear,
one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
into bit 16. Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
24. If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
changed. If we had access to the processor carry flag,
we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
at bit 32!
So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
properly.
3) But wait! Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
Good point. So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
each of whose bytes is C. This turns each byte that is C
into a zero. */
longword = *longword_ptr++ ^ charmask;
/* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD. */
if ((((longword + magic_bits)
/* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition. */
^ ~longword)
/* Look at only the hole bits. If any of the hole bits
are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
zero. */
& ~magic_bits) != 0)
{
/* Which of the bytes was C? If none of them were, it was
a misfire; continue the search. */
const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) (longword_ptr - 1);
if (cp[0] == c)
return (__ptr_t) cp;
if (cp[1] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
if (cp[2] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
if (cp[3] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
if (cp[4] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
if (cp[5] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
if (cp[6] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
if (cp[7] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
#endif
}
n -= sizeof (longword);
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
while (n-- > 0)
{
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
else
++char_ptr;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
#endif

76
patch/mkdir.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* On some systems, mkdir ("foo/", 0700) fails because of the trailing
slash. On those systems, this wrapper removes the trailing slash.
Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
/* Disable the definition of mkdir to rpl_mkdir (from config.h) in this
file. Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkdir on
most systems. */
#undef mkdir
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#include "dirname.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
void free ();
#endif
/* This function is required at least for NetBSD 1.5.2. */
int
rpl_mkdir (char const *dir, mode_t mode)
{
int ret_val;
char *tmp_dir;
size_t len = strlen (dir);
if (len && dir[len - 1] == '/')
{
tmp_dir = xstrdup (dir);
strip_trailing_slashes (tmp_dir);
}
else
{
tmp_dir = (char *) dir;
}
ret_val = mkdir (tmp_dir, mode);
if (tmp_dir != dir)
free (tmp_dir);
return ret_val;
}

101
patch/mkinstalldirs Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
#! /bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Public domain
# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:03 rbraun Exp $
errstatus=0
dirmode=""
usage="\
Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
# process command line arguments
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case "${1}" in
-h | --help | --h* ) # -h for help
echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 0 ;;
-m ) # -m PERM arg
shift
test $# -eq 0 && { echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1; }
dirmode="${1}"
shift ;;
-- ) shift; break ;; # stop option processing
-* ) echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1 ;; # unknown option
* ) break ;; # first non-opt arg
esac
done
for file
do
if test -d "$file"; then
shift
else
break
fi
done
case $# in
0) exit 0 ;;
esac
case $dirmode in
'')
if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
fi ;;
*)
if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
fi ;;
esac
for file
do
set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
shift
pathcomp=
for d
do
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
case "$pathcomp" in
-* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
else
if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
lasterr=""
chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
fi
fi
fi
fi
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
done
done
exit $errstatus
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 3
# End:
# mkinstalldirs ends here

956
patch/partime.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,956 @@
/* Parse a string, yielding a struct partime that describes it. */
/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2002 Paul Eggert
Distributed under license by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of RCS.
RCS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
RCS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with RCS; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Report problems and direct all questions to:
rcs-bugs@cs.purdue.edu
*/
#if has_conf_h
# include <conf.h>
#else
# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
# else
# ifndef __STDC__
# define const
# endif
# endif
# if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
# endif
# ifndef LONG_MIN
# define LONG_MIN (-1-2147483647L)
# endif
# if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h>
# endif
# if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# endif
# include <time.h>
# ifdef __STDC__
# define P(x) x
# else
# define P(x) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(aggregate, member) ((size_t) &((aggregate *) 0)->member)
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
# define CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
#else
# define CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) ((unsigned) (c) <= 0177)
#endif
#define ISALNUM(c) (CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalnum (c))
#define ISALPHA(c) (CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalpha (c))
#define ISSPACE(c) (CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
#define ISUPPER(c) (CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
#include <partime.h>
char const partime_id[] =
"$Id: partime.c,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:03 rbraun Exp $";
/* Lookup tables for names of months, weekdays, time zones. */
#define NAME_LENGTH_MAXIMUM 4
struct name_val
{
char name[NAME_LENGTH_MAXIMUM];
int val;
};
static char const *parse_decimal P ((char const *, int, int, int, int, int *, int *));
static char const *parse_fixed P ((char const *, int, int *));
static char const *parse_pattern_letter P ((char const *, int, struct partime *));
static char const *parse_prefix P ((char const *, char const **, struct partime *));
static char const *parse_ranged P ((char const *, int, int, int, int *));
static char const *parse_varying P ((char const *, int *));
static int lookup P ((char const *, struct name_val const[]));
static int merge_partime P ((struct partime *, struct partime const *));
static void undefine P ((struct partime *));
static struct name_val const month_names[] =
{
{"jan", 0},
{"feb", 1},
{"mar", 2},
{"apr", 3},
{"may", 4},
{"jun", 5},
{"jul", 6},
{"aug", 7},
{"sep", 8},
{"oct", 9},
{"nov", 10},
{"dec", 11},
{"", TM_UNDEFINED}
};
static struct name_val const weekday_names[] =
{
{"sun", 0},
{"mon", 1},
{"tue", 2},
{"wed", 3},
{"thu", 4},
{"fri", 5},
{"sat", 6},
{"", TM_UNDEFINED}
};
#define RELATIVE_CONS(member, multiplier) \
(offsetof (struct tm, member) + (multiplier) * sizeof (struct tm))
#define RELATIVE_OFFSET(c) ((c) % sizeof (struct tm))
#define RELATIVE_MULTIPLIER(c) ((c) / sizeof (struct tm))
static struct name_val const relative_units[] =
{
{"year", RELATIVE_CONS (tm_year, 1) },
{"mont", RELATIVE_CONS (tm_mon , 1) },
{"fort", RELATIVE_CONS (tm_mday, 14) },
{"week", RELATIVE_CONS (tm_mday, 7) },
{"day" , RELATIVE_CONS (tm_mday, 1) },
{"hour", RELATIVE_CONS (tm_hour, 1) },
{"min" , RELATIVE_CONS (tm_min , 1) },
{"sec" , RELATIVE_CONS (tm_sec , 1) },
{"", TM_UNDEFINED}
};
static struct name_val const ago[] =
{
{"ago", 0},
{"", TM_UNDEFINED}
};
static struct name_val const dst_names[] =
{
{"dst", 1},
{"", 0}
};
#define hr60nonnegative(t) ((t)/100 * 60 + (t)%100)
#define hr60(t) ((t) < 0 ? - hr60nonnegative (-(t)) : hr60nonnegative (t))
#define zs(t, s) {s, hr60 (t)}
#define zd(t, s, d) zs (t, s), zs ((t) + 100, d)
static struct name_val const zone_names[] =
{
zs (-1000, "hst"), /* Hawaii */
zd (-1000, "hast", "hadt"), /* Hawaii-Aleutian */
zd (- 900, "akst", "akdt"), /* Alaska */
zd (- 800, "pst" , "pdt" ), /* Pacific */
zd (- 700, "mst" , "mdt" ), /* Mountain */
zd (- 600, "cst" , "cdt" ), /* Central */
zd (- 500, "est" , "edt" ), /* Eastern */
zd (- 400, "ast" , "adt" ), /* Atlantic */
zd (- 330, "nst" , "ndt" ), /* Newfoundland */
zs ( 000, "utc" ), /* Coordinated Universal */
zs ( 000, "uct" ), /* " */
zs ( 000, "cut" ), /* " */
zs ( 000, "ut"), /* Universal */
zs ( 000, "z"), /* Zulu (required by ISO 8601) */
zd ( 000, "gmt" , "bst" ), /* Greenwich Mean, British Summer */
zd ( 000, "wet" , "west"), /* Western European */
zd ( 100, "cet" , "cest"), /* Central European */
zd ( 100, "met" , "mest"), /* Middle European (bug in old tz versions) */
zd ( 100, "mez" , "mesz"), /* Mittel-Europaeische Zeit */
zd ( 200, "eet" , "eest"), /* Eastern European */
zs ( 530, "ist" ), /* India */
zd ( 900, "jst" , "jdt" ), /* Japan */
zd ( 900, "kst" , "kdt" ), /* Korea */
zd ( 1200, "nzst", "nzdt"), /* New Zealand */
{"lt", 1},
#if 0
/* The following names are duplicates or are not well attested.
It's not worth keeping a complete list, since alphabetic time zone names
are deprecated and there are lots more where these came from. */
zs (-1100, "sst" ), /* Samoan */
zd (- 900, "yst" , "ydt" ), /* Yukon - name is no longer used */
zd (- 500, "ast" , "adt" ), /* Acre */
zd (- 400, "wst" , "wdt" ), /* Western Brazil */
zd (- 400, "cst" , "cdt" ), /* Chile */
zd (- 200, "fst" , "fdt" ), /* Fernando de Noronha */
zs ( 000, "wat" ), /* West African */
zs ( 100, "cat" ), /* Central African */
zs ( 200, "sat" ), /* South African */
zd ( 200, "ist" , "idt" ), /* Israel */
zs ( 300, "eat" ), /* East African */
zd ( 300, "msk" , "msd" ), /* Moscow */
zd ( 330, "ist" , "idt" ), /* Iran */
zs ( 800, "hkt" ), /* Hong Kong */
zs ( 800, "sgt" ), /* Singapore */
zd ( 800, "cst" , "cdt" ), /* China */
zd ( 800, "wst" , "wst" ), /* Western Australia */
zd ( 930, "cst" , "cst" ), /* Central Australia */
zs ( 1000, "gst" ), /* Guam */
zd ( 1000, "est" , "est" ), /* Eastern Australia */
#endif
{"", -1}
};
/* Look for a prefix of S in TABLE, returning val for first matching entry. */
static int
lookup (s, table)
char const *s;
struct name_val const table[];
{
int j;
char buf[NAME_LENGTH_MAXIMUM];
for (j = 0; j < NAME_LENGTH_MAXIMUM; j++)
{
unsigned char c = *s;
if (! ISALPHA (c))
{
buf[j] = '\0';
break;
}
buf[j] = ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : c;
s++;
s += *s == '.';
}
for (;; table++)
for (j = 0; ; j++)
if (j == NAME_LENGTH_MAXIMUM || ! table[0].name[j])
return table[0].val;
else if (buf[j] != table[0].name[j])
break;
}
/* Set *T to ``undefined'' values. */
static void
undefine (t)
struct partime *t;
{
t->tm.tm_sec = t->tm.tm_min = t->tm.tm_hour = t->tm.tm_mday = t->tm.tm_mon
= t->tm.tm_year = t->tm.tm_wday = t->tm.tm_yday
= t->wday_ordinal = t->ymodulus = t->yweek
= TM_UNDEFINED;
t->tmr.tm_sec = t->tmr.tm_min = t->tmr.tm_hour =
t->tmr.tm_mday = t->tmr.tm_mon = t->tmr.tm_year = 0;
t->zone = TM_UNDEFINED_ZONE;
}
/* Patterns to look for in a time string.
Order is important: we look for the first matching pattern
whose values do not contradict values that we already know about.
See `parse_pattern_letter' below for the meaning of the pattern codes. */
static char const time_patterns[] =
{
/* Traditional patterns come first,
to prevent an ISO 8601 format from misinterpreting their prefixes. */
/* RFC 822, extended */
'E', '_', 'N', '_', 'y', '$', 0,
'x', 0,
/* traditional */
'4', '_', 'M', '_', 'D', '_', 'h', '_', 'm', '_', 's', '$', 0,
'R', '_', 'M', '_', 'D', '_', 'h', '_', 'm', '_', 's', '$', 0,
'E', '_', 'N', 0,
'N', '_', 'E', '_', 'y', ';', 0,
'N', '_', 'E', ';', 0,
'N', 0,
't', ':', 'm', ':', 's', '_', 'A', 0,
't', ':', 'm', '_', 'A', 0,
't', '_', 'A', 0,
/* traditional get_date */
'i', '_', 'x', 0,
'Y', '/', 'n', '/', 'E', ';', 0,
'n', '/', 'E', '/', 'y', ';', 0,
'n', '/', 'E', ';', 0,
'u', 0,
/* ISO 8601:1988 formats, generalized a bit. */
'y', '-', 'M', '-', 'D', '$', 0,
'4', 'M', 'D', '$', 0,
'Y', '-', 'M', '$', 0,
'R', 'M', 'D', '$', 0,
'-', 'R', '=', 'M', '$', 0,
'-', 'R', '$', 0,
'-', '-', 'M', '=', 'D', '$', 0,
'M', '=', 'D', 'T', 0,
'-', '-', 'M', '$', 0,
'-', '-', '-', 'D', '$', 0,
'D', 'T', 0,
'Y', '-', 'd', '$', 0,
'4', 'd', '$', 0,
'R', '=', 'd', '$', 0,
'-', 'd', '$', 0,
'd', 'T', 0,
'y', '-', 'W', '-', 'X', 0,
'y', 'W', 'X', 0,
'y', '=', 'W', 0,
'-', 'r', '-', 'W', '-', 'X', 0,
'r', '-', 'W', '-', 'X', 'T', 0,
'-', 'r', 'W', 'X', 0,
'r', 'W', 'X', 'T', 0,
'-', 'W', '=', 'X', 0,
'W', '=', 'X', 'T', 0,
'-', 'W', 0,
'-', 'w', '-', 'X', 0,
'w', '-', 'X', 'T', 0,
'-', '-', '-', 'X', '$', 0,
'X', 'T', 0,
'4', '$', 0,
'T', 0,
'h', ':', 'm', ':', 's', '$', 0,
'h', 'm', 's', '$', 0,
'h', ':', 'L', '$', 0,
'h', 'L', '$', 0,
'H', '$', 0,
'-', 'm', ':', 's', '$', 0,
'-', 'm', 's', '$', 0,
'-', 'L', '$', 0,
'-', '-', 's', '$', 0,
'Y', 0,
'Z', 0,
0
};
/* Parse an initial prefix of STR according to *PATTERNS, setting *T.
Return the first character after the prefix, or 0 if it couldn't be parsed.
*PATTERNS is a character array containing one pattern string after another;
it is terminated by an empty string.
If success, set *PATTERNS to the next pattern to try.
Set *PATTERNS to 0 if we know there are no more patterns to try;
if *PATTERNS is initially 0, give up immediately. */
static char const *
parse_prefix (str, patterns, t)
char const *str;
char const **patterns;
struct partime *t;
{
char const *pat = *patterns;
unsigned char c;
if (! pat)
return 0;
/* Remove initial noise. */
while (! ISALNUM (c = *str) && c != '-' && c != '+')
{
if (! c)
{
undefine (t);
*patterns = 0;
return str;
}
str++;
}
/* Try a pattern until one succeeds. */
while (*pat)
{
char const *s = str;
undefine (t);
do
{
if (! (c = *pat++))
{
*patterns = pat;
return s;
}
}
while ((s = parse_pattern_letter (s, c, t)) != 0);
while (*pat++)
continue;
}
return 0;
}
/* Parse an initial prefix of S of length DIGITS; it must be a number.
Store the parsed number into *RES.
Return the first character after the prefix, or 0 if it wasn't parsed. */
static char const *
parse_fixed (s, digits, res)
char const *s;
int digits, *res;
{
int n = 0;
char const *lim = s + digits;
while (s < lim)
{
unsigned d = *s++ - '0';
if (9 < d)
return 0;
n = 10 * n + d;
}
*res = n;
return s;
}
/* Parse a possibly empty initial prefix of S.
Store the parsed number into *RES.
Return the first character after the prefix. */
static char const *
parse_varying (s, res)
char const *s;
int *res;
{
int n = 0;
for (;;)
{
unsigned d = *s - '0';
if (9 < d)
break;
s++;
n = 10 * n + d;
}
*res = n;
return s;
}
/* Parse an initial prefix of S of length DIGITS;
it must be a number in the range LO through HI.
Store the parsed number into *RES.
Return the first character after the prefix, or 0 if it wasn't parsed. */
static char const *
parse_ranged (s, digits, lo, hi, res)
char const *s;
int digits, lo, hi, *res;
{
s = parse_fixed (s, digits, res);
return s && lo <= *res && *res <= hi ? s : 0;
}
/* Parse an initial prefix of S of length DIGITS;
it must be a number in the range LO through HI
and it may be followed by a fraction to be computed using RESOLUTION.
Store the parsed number into *RES; store the fraction times RESOLUTION,
rounded to the nearest integer, into *FRES.
Return the first character after the prefix, or 0 if it wasn't parsed. */
static char const *
parse_decimal (s, digits, lo, hi, resolution, res, fres)
char const *s;
int digits, lo, hi, resolution, *res, *fres;
{
s = parse_fixed (s, digits, res);
if (s && lo <= *res && *res <= hi)
{
int f = 0;
if ((s[0] == ',' || s[0] == '.') && ISDIGIT (s[1]))
{
char const *s1 = ++s;
int num10 = 0, denom10 = 10, product;
while (ISDIGIT (*++s))
{
int d = denom10 * 10;
if (d / 10 != denom10)
return 0; /* overflow */
denom10 = d;
}
s = parse_fixed (s1, (int) (s - s1), &num10);
product = num10 * resolution;
f = (product + (denom10 >> 1)) / denom10;
f -= f & (product % denom10 == denom10 >> 1); /* round to even */
if (f < 0 || product/resolution != num10)
return 0; /* overflow */
}
*fres = f;
return s;
}
return 0;
}
/* Parse an initial prefix of S; it must denote a time zone.
Set *ZONE to the number of seconds east of GMT,
or to TM_LOCAL_ZONE if it is the local time zone.
Return the first character after the prefix, or 0 if it wasn't parsed. */
char *
parzone (s, zone)
char const *s;
long *zone;
{
char const *s1;
char sign;
int hh, mm, ss;
int minutes_east_of_UTC;
int trailing_DST;
long offset, z;
/* The formats are LT, n, n DST, nDST, no, o
where n is a time zone name
and o is a time zone offset of the form [-+]hh[:mm[:ss]]. */
switch (*s)
{
case '-':
case '+':
z = 0;
break;
default:
minutes_east_of_UTC = lookup (s, zone_names);
if (minutes_east_of_UTC == -1)
return 0;
/* Don't bother to check rest of spelling,
but look for an embedded "DST". */
trailing_DST = 0;
while (ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *s))
{
if ((*s == 'D' || *s == 'd') && lookup (s, dst_names))
trailing_DST = 1;
s++;
s += *s == '.';
}
/* Don't modify LT. */
if (minutes_east_of_UTC == 1)
{
*zone = TM_LOCAL_ZONE;
return (char *) s;
}
z = minutes_east_of_UTC * 60L;
s1 = s;
/* Look for trailing "DST" or " DST". */
while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *s))
s++;
if (lookup (s, dst_names))
{
while (ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *s))
{
s++;
s += *s == '.';
}
trailing_DST = 1;
}
if (trailing_DST)
{
*zone = z + 60*60;
return (char *) s;
}
s = s1;
switch (*s)
{
case '-':
case '+':
break;
default:
*zone = z;
return (char *) s;
}
break;
}
sign = *s++;
if (! (s = parse_ranged (s, 2, 0, 23, &hh)))
return 0;
mm = ss = 0;
if (*s == ':')
s++;
if (ISDIGIT (*s))
{
if (! (s = parse_ranged (s, 2, 0, 59, &mm)))
return 0;
if (*s == ':' && s[-3] == ':' && ISDIGIT (s[1])
&& ! (s = parse_ranged (s + 1, 2, 0, 59, &ss)))
return 0;
}
if (ISDIGIT (*s))
return 0;
offset = (hh * 60 + mm) * 60L + ss;
*zone = z + (sign == '-' ? -offset : offset);
/* ?? Are fractions allowed here? If so, they're not implemented. */
return (char *) s;
}
/* Parse an initial prefix of S, matching the pattern whose code is C.
Set *T accordingly.
Return the first character after the prefix, or 0 if it wasn't parsed. */
static char const *
parse_pattern_letter (s, c, t)
char const *s;
int c;
struct partime *t;
{
char const *s0 = s;
switch (c)
{
case '$': /* The next character must be a non-digit. */
if (ISDIGIT (*s))
return 0;
break;
case '-':
case '/':
case ':':
/* These characters stand for themselves. */
if (*s++ != c)
return 0;
break;
case '4': /* 4-digit year */
s = parse_fixed (s, 4, &t->tm.tm_year);
break;
case ';': /* The next character must be a non-digit, and cannot be ':'. */
if (ISDIGIT (*s) || *s == ':')
return 0;
break;
case '=': /* optional '-' */
s += *s == '-';
break;
case 'A': /* AM or PM */
/* This matches the regular expression [AaPp]\.?([Mm]\.?)?.
It must not be followed by a letter or digit;
otherwise it would match prefixes of strings like "PST". */
switch (*s)
{
case 'A':
case 'a':
if (t->tm.tm_hour == 12)
t->tm.tm_hour = 0;
break;
case 'P':
case 'p':
if (t->tm.tm_hour != 12)
t->tm.tm_hour += 12;
break;
default:
return 0;
}
s++;
s += *s == '.';
switch (*s)
{
case 'M':
case 'm':
s++;
s += *s == '.';
break;
}
if (ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *s))
return 0;
break;
case 'D': /* day of month [01-31] */
s = parse_ranged (s, 2, 1, 31, &t->tm.tm_mday);
break;
case 'd': /* day of year [001-366] */
s = parse_ranged (s, 3, 1, 366, &t->tm.tm_yday);
t->tm.tm_yday--;
break;
case 'E': /* traditional day of month [1-9, 01-31] */
s = parse_ranged (s, (ISDIGIT (s[0]) && ISDIGIT (s[1])) + 1, 1, 31,
&t->tm.tm_mday);
break;
case 'h': /* hour [00-23] */
s = parse_ranged (s, 2, 0, 23, &t->tm.tm_hour);
break;
case 'H': /* hour [00-23 followed by optional fraction] */
{
int frac;
s = parse_decimal (s, 2, 0, 23, 60 * 60, &t->tm.tm_hour, &frac);
t->tm.tm_min = frac / 60;
t->tm.tm_sec = frac % 60;
}
break;
case 'i': /* ordinal day number, e.g. "3rd" */
s = parse_varying (s, &t->wday_ordinal);
if (s == s0)
return 0;
while (ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *s))
s++;
break;
case 'L': /* minute [00-59 followed by optional fraction] */
s = parse_decimal (s, 2, 0, 59, 60, &t->tm.tm_min, &t->tm.tm_sec);
break;
case 'm': /* minute [00-59] */
s = parse_ranged (s, 2, 0, 59, &t->tm.tm_min);
break;
case 'M': /* month [01-12] */
s = parse_ranged (s, 2, 1, 12, &t->tm.tm_mon);
t->tm.tm_mon--;
break;
case 'n': /* traditional month [1-9, 01-12] */
s = parse_ranged (s, (ISDIGIT (s[0]) && ISDIGIT (s[1])) + 1, 1, 12,
&t->tm.tm_mon);
t->tm.tm_mon--;
break;
case 'N': /* month name [e.g. "Jan"] */
if (! TM_DEFINED (t->tm.tm_mon = lookup (s, month_names)))
return 0;
/* Don't bother to check rest of spelling. */
while (ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *s))
s++;
break;
case 'r': /* year % 10 (remainder in origin-0 decade) [0-9] */
s = parse_fixed (s, 1, &t->tm.tm_year);
t->ymodulus = 10;
break;
case_R:
case 'R': /* year % 100 (remainder in origin-0 century) [00-99] */
s = parse_fixed (s, 2, &t->tm.tm_year);
t->ymodulus = 100;
break;
case 's': /* second [00-60 followed by optional fraction] */
{
int frac;
s = parse_decimal (s, 2, 0, 60, 1, &t->tm.tm_sec, &frac);
t->tm.tm_sec += frac;
}
break;
case 'T': /* 'T' or 't' */
switch (*s++)
{
case 'T':
case 't':
break;
default:
return 0;
}
break;
case 't': /* traditional hour [1-9 or 01-12] */
s = parse_ranged (s, (ISDIGIT (s[0]) && ISDIGIT (s[1])) + 1, 1, 12,
&t->tm.tm_hour);
break;
case 'u': /* relative unit */
{
int i;
int n;
int negative = 0;
switch (*s)
{
case '-': negative = 1;
/* Fall through. */
case '+': s++;
}
if (ISDIGIT (*s))
s = parse_varying (s, &n);
else if (s == s0)
n = 1;
else
return 0;
if (negative)
n = -n;
while (! ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *s) && *s)
s++;
i = lookup (s, relative_units);
if (!TM_DEFINED (i))
return 0;
* (int *) ((char *) &t->tmr + RELATIVE_OFFSET (i))
+= n * RELATIVE_MULTIPLIER (i);
while (ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *s))
s++;
while (! ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *s) && *s)
s++;
if (TM_DEFINED (lookup (s, ago)))
{
t->tmr.tm_sec = - t->tmr.tm_sec;
t->tmr.tm_min = - t->tmr.tm_min;
t->tmr.tm_hour = - t->tmr.tm_hour;
t->tmr.tm_mday = - t->tmr.tm_mday;
t->tmr.tm_mon = - t->tmr.tm_mon;
t->tmr.tm_year = - t->tmr.tm_year;
while (ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *s))
s++;
}
break;
}
case 'w': /* 'W' or 'w' only (stands for current week) */
switch (*s++)
{
case 'W':
case 'w':
break;
default:
return 0;
}
break;
case 'W': /* 'W' or 'w', followed by a week of year [00-53] */
switch (*s++)
{
case 'W':
case 'w':
break;
default:
return 0;
}
s = parse_ranged (s, 2, 0, 53, &t->yweek);
break;
case 'X': /* weekday (1=Mon ... 7=Sun) [1-7] */
s = parse_ranged (s, 1, 1, 7, &t->tm.tm_wday);
t->tm.tm_wday--;
break;
case 'x': /* weekday name [e.g. "Sun"] */
if (! TM_DEFINED (t->tm.tm_wday = lookup (s, weekday_names)))
return 0;
/* Don't bother to check rest of spelling. */
while (ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *s))
s++;
break;
case 'y': /* either R or Y */
if (ISDIGIT (s[0]) && ISDIGIT (s[1]) && ! ISDIGIT (s[2]))
goto case_R;
/* fall into */
case 'Y': /* year in full [4 or more digits] */
s = parse_varying (s, &t->tm.tm_year);
if (s - s0 < 4)
return 0;
break;
case 'Z': /* time zone */
s = parzone (s, &t->zone);
break;
case '_': /* possibly empty sequence of non-alphanumerics */
while (! ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *s) && *s)
s++;
break;
default: /* bad pattern */
return 0;
}
return s;
}
/* If there is no conflict, merge into *T the additional information in *U
and return 0. Otherwise do nothing and return -1. */
static int
merge_partime (t, u)
struct partime *t;
struct partime const *u;
{
# define conflict(a,b) ((a) != (b) && TM_DEFINED (a) && TM_DEFINED (b))
if (conflict (t->tm.tm_sec, u->tm.tm_sec)
|| conflict (t->tm.tm_min, u->tm.tm_min)
|| conflict (t->tm.tm_hour, u->tm.tm_hour)
|| conflict (t->tm.tm_mday, u->tm.tm_mday)
|| conflict (t->tm.tm_mon, u->tm.tm_mon)
|| conflict (t->tm.tm_year, u->tm.tm_year)
|| conflict (t->tm.tm_wday, u->tm.tm_wday)
|| conflict (t->tm.tm_yday, u->tm.tm_yday)
|| conflict (t->ymodulus, u->ymodulus)
|| conflict (t->yweek, u->yweek)
|| (t->zone != u->zone
&& t->zone != TM_UNDEFINED_ZONE
&& u->zone != TM_UNDEFINED_ZONE))
return -1;
# undef conflict
# define merge_(a,b) if (TM_DEFINED (b)) (a) = (b);
merge_ (t->tm.tm_sec, u->tm.tm_sec)
merge_ (t->tm.tm_min, u->tm.tm_min)
merge_ (t->tm.tm_hour, u->tm.tm_hour)
merge_ (t->tm.tm_mday, u->tm.tm_mday)
merge_ (t->tm.tm_mon, u->tm.tm_mon)
merge_ (t->tm.tm_year, u->tm.tm_year)
merge_ (t->tm.tm_wday, u->tm.tm_wday)
merge_ (t->tm.tm_yday, u->tm.tm_yday)
merge_ (t->ymodulus, u->ymodulus)
merge_ (t->yweek, u->yweek)
# undef merge_
t->tmr.tm_sec += u->tmr.tm_sec;
t->tmr.tm_min += u->tmr.tm_min;
t->tmr.tm_hour += u->tmr.tm_hour;
t->tmr.tm_mday += u->tmr.tm_mday;
t->tmr.tm_mon += u->tmr.tm_mon;
t->tmr.tm_year += u->tmr.tm_year;
if (u->zone != TM_UNDEFINED_ZONE)
t->zone = u->zone;
return 0;
}
/* Parse a date/time prefix of S, putting the parsed result into *T.
Return the first character after the prefix.
The prefix may contain no useful information;
in that case, *T will contain only undefined values. */
char *
partime (s, t)
char const *s;
struct partime *t;
{
struct partime p;
undefine (t);
while (*s)
{
char const *patterns = time_patterns;
char const *s1;
do
{
if (! (s1 = parse_prefix (s, &patterns, &p)))
return (char *) s;
}
while (merge_partime (t, &p) != 0);
s = s1;
}
return (char *) s;
}

77
patch/partime.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* Parse a string, yielding a struct partime that describes it. */
/* Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997 Paul Eggert
Distributed under license by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of RCS.
RCS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
RCS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with RCS; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Report problems and direct all questions to:
rcs-bugs@cs.purdue.edu
*/
#define TM_UNDEFINED (-1)
#define TM_DEFINED(x) (0 <= (x))
/* #include <limits.h> if you want to use these symbols. */
#define TM_LOCAL_ZONE LONG_MIN
#define TM_UNDEFINED_ZONE (LONG_MIN + 1)
struct partime
{
/* This structure describes the parsed time.
Only the following tm_* members are used:
sec, min, hour, mday, mon, year, wday, yday.
If ! TM_DEFINED (value), the parser never found the value.
The tm_year field is the actual year, not the year - 1900;
but see ymodulus below. */
struct tm tm;
/* Like tm, but values are relative to the value in tm,
and values are initialized to 0 rather than to TM_UNDEFINED.
Only the following tm_* members are used:
sec, min, hour, mday, mon, year. */
struct tm tmr;
/* If TM_DEFINED (wday_ordinal),
then day number (e.g. 3 in "3rd Sunday"). */
int wday_ordinal;
/* If TM_DEFINED (ymodulus),
then tm.tm_year is actually modulo ymodulus. */
int ymodulus;
/* Week of year, ISO 8601 style.
If ! TM_DEFINED (yweek), the parser never found yweek.
Weeks start on Mondays.
Week 1 includes Jan 4. */
int yweek;
/* Seconds east of UTC; or TM_LOCAL_ZONE or TM_UNDEFINED_ZONE. */
long zone;
};
#if defined __STDC__ || has_prototypes
# define __PARTIME_P(x) x
#else
# define __PARTIME_P(x) ()
#endif
char *partime __PARTIME_P ((char const *, struct partime *));
char *parzone __PARTIME_P ((char const *, long *));

1370
patch/patch.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1160
patch/patch.man Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1
patch/patchlevel.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
#define PATCH_VERSION "2.5.8"

34
patch/pc/chdirsaf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* A safer version of chdir, which returns back to the
initial working directory when the program exits. */
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
static char *initial_wd;
static void
restore_wd (void)
{
chdir (initial_wd);
}
int
chdir_safer (char const *dir)
{
if (! initial_wd)
{
size_t s;
for (s = 256; ! (initial_wd = getcwd (0, s)); s *= 2)
if (errno != ERANGE)
return -1;
if (atexit (restore_wd) != 0)
{
free (initial_wd);
initial_wd = 0;
return -1;
}
}
return chdir (dir);
}

19
patch/pc/djgpp/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
To configure `patch' for DJGPP, issue these commands from the
`patch' source directory:
pc\djgpp\configure
make
To build `patch' in a directory other than where the sources are,
add a parameter that specifies the source directory, e.g.:
e:\src\patch\pc\djgpp\configure e:/src/patch
You MUST use forward slashes to specify the source directory.
Running configure.bat requires a port of `sed'.
You can find one on the usual DJGPP archive sites.
Thanks to Eli Zaretskii <eliz@is.elta.co.il> for
suggestions and ideas for this DJGPP port.

41
patch/pc/djgpp/config.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
1c\
/* config.h for compiling `patch' with DJGPP for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.\
Please keep this file as similar as possible to ../../config.h\
to simplify maintenance later. */\
\
/* This does most of the work; the rest of this file defines only those\
symbols that <sys/config.h> doesn't define correctly. */\
#include <sys/config.h>
s/#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK/#define HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK 1/
s/#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK/#define HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK 1/
s/#undef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES/#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 1/
s/#undef HAVE_MEMCMP/#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1/
s/#undef HAVE_MKTEMP/#define HAVE_MKTEMP 1/
s/#undef HAVE_PATHCONF/#define HAVE_PATHCONF 1/
s/#undef HAVE_RAISE/#define HAVE_RAISE 1/
s/#undef HAVE_SIGPROCMASK/#define HAVE_SIGPROCMASK 1/
s/#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF/#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF 1/
s/#undef HAVE_UTIME_H/#define HAVE_UTIME_H 1/
s/#undef HAVE_VPRINTF/#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1/
s/#undef PROTOTYPES/#define PROTOTYPES 1/
s,#undef.*,/* & */,
$a\
/* DGJPP-specific definitions */\
\
#define chdir chdir_safer\
int chdir_safer (char const *);\
\
#define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(f) ((f)[0] && (f)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)\
#define ISSLASH(c) ((c) == '/' || (c) == '\\\\')\
\
#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 1\
\
#define HAVE_SETMODE 1\
#ifdef WIN32\
# define setmode _setmode\
#endif\
\
#define TMPDIR "c:"

27
patch/pc/djgpp/configure.bat Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
@echo off
Rem Configure patch for DJGPP v2.
Rem $Id: configure.bat,v 1.4 1997/06/17 06:52:12 eggert Exp $
Rem The DOS shell has fixed-size environment storage.
Rem When the environment is full, the shell prints
Rem "Out of environment space" and truncates the string at will.
Rem Since people often ignore these messages,
Rem test whether the environment variable got the correct value.
Rem Where is our source directory?
set srcdir=.
if not "%srcdir%" == "." goto SmallEnv
if not "%1" == "" set srcdir=%1
if not "%1" == "" if not "%srcdir%" == "%1" goto SmallEnv
Rem Create Makefile
sed -f %srcdir%/pc/djgpp/configure.sed -e "s,@srcdir@,%srcdir%,g" %srcdir%/Makefile.in >Makefile
sed -n -e "/^VERSION/p" %srcdir%/configure.in >>Makefile
goto Exit
:SmallEnv
echo Your environment size is too small. Please enlarge it and run me again.
:Exit
set srcdir=

37
patch/pc/djgpp/configure.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
# Edit Makefile.in to produce Makefile for DJGPP v2
# $Id: configure.sed,v 1.1.1.2 2000/05/06 22:44:56 wsanchez Exp $
1i\
# Makefile generated by "configure.bat" for DJGPP v2\
/@SET_MAKE@/d
s|@CC@|gcc|g
s|@ed_PROGRAM@|ed|g
s|@INSTALL@|${DJDIR}/bin/ginstall -c|g
s|@INSTALL_PROGRAM@|${INSTALL}|g
s|@INSTALL_DATA@|${INSTALL} -m 644|g
s|@program_transform_name@||g
s|@CFLAGS@|-g -O2|g
s|@CPPFLAGS@|-I$(srcdir)/pc/djgpp|g
s|@DEFS@|-DHAVE_CONFIG_H|g
s|@LDFLAGS@||g
s|@LIBOBJS@|getopt1.o getopt.o chdirsaf.o|g
s|@LIBS@||g
s|@PACKAGE@|patch|g
s|@U@||g
/@VERSION@/d
s|@prefix@|${DJDIR}|g
s|@exec_prefix@|${prefix}|g
/^CONFIG_STATUS *=/s|=.*|= $(srcdir)/pc/djgpp/configure.bat|
/^ \$(SHELL) \$(CONFIG_STATUS) *$/s// $(CONFIG_STATUS) $(srcdir)/
$a\
config.h: config.hin pc/djgpp/config.sed; sed -f $(srcdir)/pc/djgpp/config.sed $(srcdir)/config.hin >$@\
chdirsaf.o: chdirsaf.c\
# Use sed instead of cp, since cp might not be installed.\
chdirsaf.c: pc/chdirsaf.c; sed -e '' $? > $@\
distclean::; rm -f chdirsaf.c

1951
patch/pch.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

45
patch/pch.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* reading patches */
/* $Id: pch.h,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:03 rbraun Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988 Larry Wall
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
LINENUM pch_end (void);
LINENUM pch_first (void);
LINENUM pch_hunk_beg (void);
LINENUM pch_newfirst (void);
LINENUM pch_prefix_context (void);
LINENUM pch_ptrn_lines (void);
LINENUM pch_repl_lines (void);
LINENUM pch_suffix_context (void);
bool pch_swap (void);
bool pch_write_line (LINENUM, FILE *);
bool there_is_another_patch (void);
char *pfetch (LINENUM);
char pch_char (LINENUM);
int another_hunk (enum diff, int);
int pch_says_nonexistent (int);
size_t pch_line_len (LINENUM);
time_t pch_timestamp (int);
void do_ed_script (FILE *);
void open_patch_file (char const *);
void re_patch (void);
void set_hunkmax (void);

28
patch/quote.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h> /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC. */
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <quotearg.h>
#include <quote.h>
/* Return an unambiguous printable representated, allocated in slot N,
for NAME, suitable for diagnostics. */
char const *
quote_n (int n, char const *name)
{
return quotearg_n_style (n, locale_quoting_style, name);
}
/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of NAME, suitable
for diagnostics. */
char const *
quote (char const *name)
{
return quote_n (0, name);
}

12
patch/quote.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
/* prototypes for quote.c */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
char const *quote_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *name));
char const *quote PARAMS ((char const *name));

658
patch/quotearg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h> /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC. */
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <quotearg.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#if ENABLE_NLS
# include <libintl.h>
# define _(text) gettext (text)
#else
# define _(text) text
#endif
#define N_(text) text
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
# define CHAR_BIT 8
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
#endif
#ifndef UINT_MAX
# define UINT_MAX ((unsigned int) -1)
#endif
#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
#else
# define ALERT_CHAR '\7'
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
/* BSD/OS 4.1 wchar.h requires FILE and struct tm to be declared. */
# include <stdio.h>
# include <time.h>
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
/* Disable multibyte processing entirely. Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
syntax. */
# undef MB_CUR_MAX
# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
# define mbsinit(ps) 1
# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
#endif
#ifndef iswprint
# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
# include <wctype.h>
# endif
# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
# define iswprint(wc) 1
# endif
#endif
#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
#else
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
#endif
/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6. */
#undef ISPRINT
#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
struct quoting_options
{
/* Basic quoting style. */
enum quoting_style style;
/* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted. */
int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
};
/* Names of quoting styles. */
char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
{
"literal",
"shell",
"shell-always",
"c",
"escape",
"locale",
"clocale",
0
};
/* Correspondences to quoting style names. */
enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
{
literal_quoting_style,
shell_quoting_style,
shell_always_quoting_style,
c_quoting_style,
escape_quoting_style,
locale_quoting_style,
clocale_quoting_style
};
/* The default quoting options. */
static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result. */
struct quoting_options *
clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
{
struct quoting_options *p
= (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
*p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
return p;
}
/* Get the value of O's quoting style. If O is null, use the default. */
enum quoting_style
get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
{
return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
}
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting style to S. */
void
set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
{
(o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
}
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
Return the old value. Currently, the only values defined for I are
0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
it would not otherwise be quoted). */
int
set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
{
unsigned char uc = c;
int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
*p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
return r;
}
/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark. Return its translation if it
has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S. */
static char const *
gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
{
char const *translation = _(msgid);
if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
translation = "\"";
return translation;
}
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
style specified by O, and O may not be null. */
static size_t
quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
enum quoting_style quoting_style,
struct quoting_options const *o)
{
size_t i;
size_t len = 0;
char const *quote_string = 0;
size_t quote_string_len = 0;
int backslash_escapes = 0;
int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
#define STORE(c) \
do \
{ \
if (len < buffersize) \
buffer[len] = (c); \
len++; \
} \
while (0)
switch (quoting_style)
{
case c_quoting_style:
STORE ('"');
backslash_escapes = 1;
quote_string = "\"";
quote_string_len = 1;
break;
case escape_quoting_style:
backslash_escapes = 1;
break;
case locale_quoting_style:
case clocale_quoting_style:
{
/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
"'". If the catalog has no translation,
locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
For example, an American English Unicode locale should
translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
MARK). A British English Unicode locale should instead
translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively. */
char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
STORE (*quote_string);
backslash_escapes = 1;
quote_string = right;
quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
}
break;
case shell_always_quoting_style:
STORE ('\'');
quote_string = "'";
quote_string_len = 1;
break;
default:
break;
}
for (i = 0; ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize); i++)
{
unsigned char c;
unsigned char esc;
if (backslash_escapes
&& quote_string_len
&& i + quote_string_len <= argsize
&& memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
STORE ('\\');
c = arg[i];
switch (c)
{
case '\0':
if (backslash_escapes)
{
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('0');
STORE ('0');
c = '0';
}
break;
case '?':
switch (quoting_style)
{
case shell_quoting_style:
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
case c_quoting_style:
if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
switch (arg[i + 2])
{
case '!': case '\'':
case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
case '<': case '=': case '>':
/* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
a trigraph. */
i += 2;
c = arg[i + 2];
STORE ('?');
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('?');
break;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
break;
case ALERT_CHAR: esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
c_and_shell_escape:
if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
c_escape:
if (backslash_escapes)
{
c = esc;
goto store_escape;
}
break;
case '#': case '~':
if (i != 0)
break;
/* Fall through. */
case ' ':
case '!': /* special in bash */
case '"': case '$': case '&':
case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
case '<': case '>': case '[':
case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
case '`': case '|':
/* A shell special character. In theory, '$' and '`' could
be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about. */
if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
break;
case '\'':
switch (quoting_style)
{
case shell_quoting_style:
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
case shell_always_quoting_style:
STORE ('\'');
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('\'');
break;
default:
break;
}
break;
case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':': case '=':
case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
case '{': case '}':
/* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
quoting style is. They cannot start multibyte sequences. */
break;
default:
/* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
state. For C-like styles, if the sequence has
unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
we can't easily escape single characters within it. */
{
/* Length of multibyte sequence found so far. */
size_t m;
int printable;
if (unibyte_locale)
{
m = 1;
printable = ISPRINT (c);
}
else
{
mbstate_t mbstate;
memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
m = 0;
printable = 1;
if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
argsize = strlen (arg);
do
{
wchar_t w;
size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
if (bytes == 0)
break;
else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
{
printable = 0;
break;
}
else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
{
printable = 0;
while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
m++;
break;
}
else
{
if (! iswprint (w))
printable = 0;
m += bytes;
}
}
while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
}
if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
{
/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
unprintable unibyte character. */
size_t ilim = i + m;
for (;;)
{
if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
{
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
c = '0' + (c & 7);
}
if (ilim <= i + 1)
break;
STORE (c);
c = arg[++i];
}
goto store_c;
}
}
}
if (! (backslash_escapes
&& o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
goto store_c;
store_escape:
STORE ('\\');
store_c:
STORE (c);
}
if (quote_string)
for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
STORE (*quote_string);
if (len < buffersize)
buffer[len] = '\0';
return len;
use_shell_always_quoting_style:
return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
shell_always_quoting_style, o);
}
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
If O is null, use the default.
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE. */
size_t
quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *o)
{
struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
p->style, p);
}
/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
The returned value points to static storage that can be
reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
N must be nonnegative. N is deliberately declared with type "int"
to allow for future extensions (using negative values). */
static char *
quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *options)
{
/* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0. */
static char slot0[256];
static unsigned int nslots = 1;
unsigned int n0 = n;
struct slotvec
{
size_t size;
char *val;
};
static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
if (n < 0)
abort ();
if (nslots <= n0)
{
unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
&& n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
xalloc_die ();
if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
{
slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
*slotvec = slotvec0;
}
slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
nslots = n1;
}
{
size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
char *val = slotvec[n].val;
size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
if (size <= qsize)
{
slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
}
return val;
}
}
char *
quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &default_quoting_options);
}
char *
quotearg (char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_n (0, arg);
}
/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting. */
static struct quoting_options
quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
{
struct quoting_options o;
o.style = style;
memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
return o;
}
char *
quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
{
struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &o);
}
char *
quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
char const *arg, size_t argsize)
{
struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
}
char *
quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
}
char *
quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
{
struct quoting_options options;
options = default_quoting_options;
set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, (size_t) -1, &options);
}
char *
quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
}

114
patch/quotearg.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
/* Basic quoting styles. */
enum quoting_style
{
literal_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=literal */
shell_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=shell */
shell_always_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=shell-always */
c_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=c */
escape_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=escape */
locale_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=locale */
clocale_quoting_style /* --quoting-style=clocale */
};
/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change. */
#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
#endif
/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values. */
extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
struct quoting_options;
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
that contains the default quoting style options. */
/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result. */
struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
/* Get the value of O's quoting style. If O is null, use the default. */
enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting style to S. */
void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
enum quoting_style s));
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
Return the old value. Currently, the only values defined for I are
0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
it would not otherwise be quoted). */
int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
If O is null, use the default.
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE. */
size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *o));
/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
Use the default quoting options.
The returned value points to static storage that can be
reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
N must be nonnegative. */
char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *arg));
/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG). */
char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
options to specify the quoting method. */
char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
argument ARG of size ARGSIZE. This is like quotearg_n_style
(N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes. */
char *quotearg_n_style_mem PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s,
char const *arg, size_t argsize));
/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG). */
char *quotearg_style PARAMS ((enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH. */
char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':'). */
char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));

125
patch/quotesys.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
/* Shell command argument quoting.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <quotesys.h>
/* Place into QUOTED a quoted version of ARG suitable for `system'.
Return the length of the resulting string (which is not null-terminated).
If QUOTED is null, return the length without any side effects. */
size_t
quote_system_arg (quoted, arg)
char *quoted;
char const *arg;
{
char const *a;
size_t len = 0;
/* Scan ARG, copying it to QUOTED if QUOTED is not null,
looking for shell metacharacters. */
for (a = arg; ; a++)
{
char c = *a;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
/* ARG has no shell metacharacters. */
return len;
case '=':
if (*arg == '-')
break;
/* Fall through. */
case '\t': case '\n': case ' ':
case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&': case '\'':
case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
case '<': case '>': case '?': case '[': case '\\':
case '^': case '`': case '|': case '~':
{
/* ARG has a shell metacharacter.
Start over, quoting it this time. */
len = 0;
c = *arg++;
/* If ARG is an option, quote just its argument.
This is not necessary, but it looks nicer. */
if (c == '-' && arg < a)
{
c = *arg++;
if (quoted)
{
quoted[len] = '-';
quoted[len + 1] = c;
}
len += 2;
if (c == '-')
while (arg < a)
{
c = *arg++;
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = c;
len++;
if (c == '=')
break;
}
c = *arg++;
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = '\'';
len++;
for (; c; c = *arg++)
{
if (c == '\'')
{
if (quoted)
{
quoted[len] = '\'';
quoted[len + 1] = '\\';
quoted[len + 2] = '\'';
}
len += 3;
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = c;
len++;
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = '\'';
return len + 1;
}
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = c;
len++;
}
}

9
patch/quotesys.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
/* quotesys.h -- declarations for quoting system arguments */
#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
# define __QUOTESYS_P(args) args
#else
# define __QUOTESYS_P(args) ()
#endif
size_t quote_system_arg __QUOTESYS_P ((char *, char const *));

44
patch/realloc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef realloc
#include <sys/types.h>
char *malloc ();
char *realloc ();
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking. If N is zero, change it to 1. If P is NULL,
use malloc. */
char *
rpl_realloc (p, n)
char *p;
size_t n;
{
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
if (p == 0)
return malloc (n);
return realloc (p, n);
}

68
patch/rename.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby rename fails when the source
path has a trailing slash. The rename functions of SunOS 4.1.1_U1 and
mips-dec-ultrix4.4 have this bug.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Volker Borchert */
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#include "dirname.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
void free ();
#endif
/* Rename the file SRC_PATH to DST_PATH, removing any trailing
slashes from SRC_PATH. Needed for SunOS 4.1.1_U1. */
int
rpl_rename (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path)
{
char *src_temp;
int ret_val;
size_t s_len = strlen (src_path);
if (s_len && src_path[s_len - 1] == '/')
{
src_temp = xstrdup (src_path);
strip_trailing_slashes (src_temp);
}
else
src_temp = (char *) src_path;
ret_val = rename (src_temp, dst_path);
if (src_temp != src_path)
free (src_temp);
return ret_val;
}

87
patch/rmdir.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/* BSD compatible remove directory function for System V
Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
# undef S_ISDIR
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif
/* rmdir adapted from GNU tar. */
/* Remove directory DPATH.
Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */
int
rmdir (dpath)
char *dpath;
{
pid_t cpid;
int status;
struct stat statbuf;
if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) != 0)
return -1; /* errno already set */
if (!S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
cpid = fork ();
switch (cpid)
{
case -1: /* cannot fork */
return -1; /* errno already set */
case 0: /* child process */
execl ("/bin/rmdir", "rmdir", dpath, (char *) 0);
_exit (1);
default: /* parent process */
/* Wait for kid to finish. */
while (wait (&status) != cpid)
/* Do nothing. */ ;
if (status)
{
/* /bin/rmdir failed. */
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
}

66
patch/strcasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
#else
# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
than, equal to or greater than S2. */
int
STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
return 0;
do
{
c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
return c1 - c2;
}

2
patch/strncasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#define LENGTH_LIMIT
#include "strcasecmp.c"

69
patch/unlocked-io.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
# ifndef USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
# endif
# if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from GNU libc.
The standard I/O functions are thread-safe. These *_unlocked ones are
more efficient but not thread-safe. That they're not thread-safe is
fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded. */
# if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# undef clearerr
# define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# undef ferror
# define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# undef fflush
# define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# undef fputc
# define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# undef fputs
# define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# undef fread
# define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# undef fwrite
# define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef getc
# define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# undef getchar
# define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# undef putc
# define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# undef putchar
# define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
# endif
# endif /* USE_UNLOCKED_IO */
#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */

1009
patch/util.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

59
patch/util.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/* utility functions for `patch' */
/* $Id: util.h,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:04 rbraun Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1986 Larry Wall
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* An upper bound on the print length of a signed decimal line number.
Add one for the sign. */
#define LINENUM_LENGTH_BOUND (sizeof (LINENUM) * CHAR_BIT / 3 + 1)
XTERN enum backup_type backup_type;
int ok_to_reverse (char const *, ...) __attribute__ ((format (printf, 1, 2)));
void ask (char const *, ...) __attribute__ ((format (printf, 1, 2)));
void say (char const *, ...) __attribute__ ((format (printf, 1, 2)));
void fatal (char const *, ...)
__attribute__ ((noreturn, format (printf, 1, 2)));
void pfatal (char const *, ...)
__attribute__ ((noreturn, format (printf, 1, 2)));
char *fetchname (char *, int, time_t *);
char *savebuf (char const *, size_t);
char *savestr (char const *);
char const *version_controller (char const *, int, struct stat const *, char **, char **);
int version_get (char const *, char const *, int, int, char const *, struct stat *);
int create_file (char const *, int, mode_t);
int systemic (char const *);
char *format_linenum (char[LINENUM_LENGTH_BOUND + 1], LINENUM);
void Fseek (FILE *, file_offset, int);
void copy_file (char const *, char const *, int, mode_t);
void exit_with_signal (int) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void ignore_signals (void);
void init_time (void);
void memory_fatal (void) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void move_file (char const *, int volatile *, char *, mode_t, int);
void read_fatal (void) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void remove_prefix (char *, size_t);
void removedirs (char *);
void set_signals (int);
void write_fatal (void) __attribute__ ((noreturn));

30
patch/version.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* Print the version number. */
/* $Id: version.c,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:04 rbraun Exp $ */
#define XTERN extern
#include <common.h>
#undef XTERN
#define XTERN
#include <patchlevel.h>
#include <version.h>
static char const copyright_string[] = "\
Copyright (C) 1988 Larry Wall\n\
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.";
static char const free_software_msgid[] = "\
This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n\
You may redistribute copies of this program\n\
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\
For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.";
static char const authorship_msgid[] = "\
written by Larry Wall and Paul Eggert";
void
version (void)
{
printf ("%s %s\n%s\n\n%s\n\n%s\n", PROGRAM_NAME, PATCH_VERSION,
copyright_string, free_software_msgid, authorship_msgid);
}

5
patch/version.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
/* Print the version number. */
/* $Id: version.h,v 1.1.1.3 2003/05/08 18:38:04 rbraun Exp $ */
void version (void);

82
patch/xalloc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef XALLOC_H_
# define XALLOC_H_
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
# ifndef __attribute__
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(x)
# endif
# endif
# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# endif
/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
allocation failure. It is initialized to zero. */
extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
message is output. It is translated via gettext.
Its value is "memory exhausted". */
extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted. It is
in charge of honoring the three previous items. This is the
function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
memory allocation failure. */
extern void xalloc_die PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *str));
# define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
# define XCALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_items)))
# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
/* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
# define NEW(Type, Var) Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
/* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
# define XFREE(Var) \
do { \
if (Var) \
free (Var); \
} while (0)
/* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
# define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
(memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
/* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
# define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */

113
patch/xmalloc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
void *calloc ();
void *malloc ();
void *realloc ();
void free ();
#endif
#if ENABLE_NLS
# include <libintl.h>
# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
#else
# define textdomain(Domain)
# define _(Text) Text
#endif
#define N_(Text) Text
#include "error.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
#endif
/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
before exiting when memory is exhausted. Goes through gettext. */
char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
void
xalloc_die (void)
{
if (xalloc_fail_func)
(*xalloc_fail_func) ();
error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
/* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
its first argument is 0. To help compilers understand the
xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */
void *
xmalloc (size_t n)
{
void *p;
p = malloc (n);
if (p == 0)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking. */
void *
xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
{
p = realloc (p, n);
if (p == 0)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking. */
void *
xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
{
void *p;
p = calloc (n, s);
if (p == 0)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}

22
patch_cmds.plist Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
<plist version="1.0">
<dict>
<key>OpenSourceImportDate</key>
<string>2003-05-08</string>
<key>OpenSourceLicense</key>
<string>GPL</string>
<key>OpenSourceLicenseFile</key>
<string>gpatch.txt</string>
<key>OpenSourceProject</key>
<string>patch</string>
<key>OpenSourceVersion</key>
<string>2.5.8</string>
<key>OpenSourceSHA1</key>
<string>ae3fe3837818041162039e41a7da8eb7ede14292</string>
<key>OpenSourceURL</key>
<string>http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/patch/patch-2.5.8.tar.gz</string>
<key>OpenSourceWebsiteURL</key>
<string>http://www.gnu.org/software/patch/</string>
</dict>
</plist>